2015
GOLF PRODUCT SPOTLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 TREE & LANDSCAPE PRODUCT SPOTLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 PRODUCT QUICK REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 QUALITY INGREDIENTS MAKE THE DIFFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . .6
F ERTILIZERS
FERTILITY THE GP WAY!
NITRO-30® SRN 30-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Meeting the highest demands requires consistent
With 85% Slow Release Nitrogen
quality assurance, the purest raw materials, and
NITRO+K 22-0-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 82% Slow Release Nitrogen With Potassium Carbonate
advance formulation technology. Our N-P-K fertilizers
THE CLASSIC 18-3-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
achieve top agronomical efficacy because of our
Liquid Fertilizer Solution With 50% SRN Plus Micronutrients
proprietary slow release Smart Nitrogen, which
THE CLASSIC 18-0-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Phosphate Free With 50% SRN Plus Micronutrients
provides the benefit of controlled long lasting nitrogen
PRO-FORMANCE™ ULTRA 18-3-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
release. No other fertilizer brand can match our low
A Premium Foliar Greens Product With Organic Enhancers
salt index and environmental benefits, such as no
PRO-BALANCE 15-2-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients
chlorides. Product stand-outs include TKO Phosphite
PRO-BALANCE 15-0-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
0-29-26 that has a neutral pH for safe application,
With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients
and tapping innovative raw materials such as
“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-29-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 100% Phosphite
potassium carbonate for soluble crystal clear solutions.
“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-0-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 100% Phosphite
NITRO-22 + SULFUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
DISEASE PREVENTION
With 40% Smart Nitrogen And 4% Sulfur
Companion® Biological Fungicide provides an
RECOVER RX™ (3-18-18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 RX Foliar Formulation with Salicylic Acid and A Unique Blend of Phosphorus Sources
ecological approach to control a broad range of
fungal and bacterial diseases. A natural alternative to
ARBOR CARE 15-8-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 With 40% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micronutrients
overused chemical fungicides, which often lead to
AUTUMN CARE 6-12-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
resistance problems. Companion contains beneficial
With 40% Smart N, Fe, Mn , Sugars and Enzymes
rhizosphere bacteria that prevent root and foliar
K-BUILDER 7-2-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Liquid Fertilizer Solution With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen
diseases such as Pythium, Phytophthora, Fairy Ring,
PALM PRO 12-4-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
and Fusarium. Once established in the soil, you have
For Tropical Landscape Plants & Turf With 60% SRN +Mg, Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, B, Plus Humic Acid And Sugars
the added benefits of improved nutrient uptake,
stronger roots, and better soil quality. Companion can
STARTER PLUS BLOOMTASTIC 8-32-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
with chemical fungicides.
QUICK RESPONSE 20-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Liquid Fertilizer Solution With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Micros
be used as a stand-alone fungicide or in conjunction
With 20% Slow Release Nitrogen
TRIPLE 12 + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
BIO-ORGANICS ARE IMPORTANT PROBLEM SOLVING TOOLS
12-12-12 Liquid Fertilizer With 40% SRN
0-0-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Liquid Potassium Solution
Today’s technology provides more organic solutions to
0-30-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Liquid Phosphorus Solution
solving problems than ever before. Growth Products
18-6-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
emphasizes the importance of including these
With 60% Slow Release Nitrogen from Nitro-30®
B IOLOGICAL F UNGICIDE
beneficial ingredients in our products to correct difficult growing conditions such as soil compaction, dry spots,
COMPANION BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
thatch build-up, pH problems, or salt accumulation.
For Turf And Professional Landscape Use
Tired, overworked, poor soils will benefit from our
B IOLOGICALLY B ASED N ATURAL O RGANICS
mycorrhizae and natural wetting agent, for a more
ESSENTIAL® PLUS 1-0-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
sustainable approach to plant health care, while
100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment And Root Stimulator With 21 L-Amino Acids
improving soil quality, reducing salt in soils and plant
stress.
1
CONTENTS
RE-STORE PLUS (3-0-2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 For Fairways With 10% Humic Acid And L- Amino Acids
CONTROL DE-THATCHER 15-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 PH
Plus Microbes & Enzymes With 10% Slow Release Nitrogen
REDUCER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
DRY BIOBASED TECHNOLOGY
A Citric Acid Solution
HYDRO-MAX™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Growth Products offers several concentrated dry
GREEN-SPEED™ SI (0-2-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
tools for improving plant health and soil quality are
soluble organic supplements. These extra agronomic
All Natural Wetting Agent Plus Humic Acid
7% Potassium Silicate, With Phosphite And 2% Humic Acid
making quite a hit in the industry for being effective
SODIUM KNOCKOUT 5-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
and priced right. Certified by the USDA as “BioBased”
With 6% Calcium & Natural Wetting agent
DRY PRODUCTS
FOR
TURF, TREES & ORNAMENTALS
products, our BioNutrients can be added to
conventional granular fertilizer programs to improve
BIONUTRIENTS™ SOLUBLE 8-0-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
soil quality, microbial activity, and as an organic
For Fairways, Sports Turf, Lawn Care and Trees
THE LANDSCAPER’S BIONUTRITION™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
supplement for all turf and ornamental applications.
3-0-3 Granular With Mycorrhizal Technology For Trees And Plantings
For arbor care and landscape applications choose
from our Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae products which
BIONUTRIENTS TOTAL-PAK INJECTABLE FOR TREES . . . . . . . .52
also contain seven beneficial soil bacteria.
With Mycorrhizal Technology
M ICRONUTRIENTS
CHELATED MICRONUTRIENTS FOR NOTABLE RESULTS
X-XTRA IRON 6-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 High Iron 9% - Low Nitrogen 6%
IRON MAX AC 6% 15-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 With 2% Chelated Manganese and 3.5% Sulfur
Micronutrients are critical to good plant health and
With 4% Calcium & 2% Magnesium
Products provides all minor nutrients in a 100%
quality turf that will withstand stress and traffic. Growth
CAL MAG MAX 7-0-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 ORGANIC IRON 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
chelated form, for fast absorption, that will correct
Glucoheptonate Chelate With 2% Sulfur
nutrient deficiencies quickly. They are absorbed rapidly
MICREL TOTAL 5-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
through the leaf tissue (true foliar) or through the root
A Total Liquid Micronutrient Package With S, Mg, B, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, and Zn
system correcting chylosis. Our Chelates are designed
CAL-TEC 9% 6-0-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
to work in a wide range of soil types and pH ranges.
Calcium Glucoheptonate With 9% Chelated Calcium
Choose from individual micros when a specific
MANGANESE CHELATE 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
deficiency is known or use a complete micronutrient
Glucoheptonate Chelate With 2% Sulfur
MAGNESIUM CHELATE 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
package when a deficiency is unknown.
Glucoheptonate Organic Chelate
P ROGRAMS
PROGRAM APPROACH TO FERTILITY
ARBOR CARE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
With 30 years of experience, Growth Products has
A GUIDE TO THE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A TREE AND SHRUB FERTILIZATION PROGRAM . . . . . . . .65
worked with the most knowledgeable professionals around the world, learning about their needs and
THE CLASSIC PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
solving their problems. We have collected these
FAIRWAY PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
agronomic experiences into dependable, realistic,
LANDSCAPING & FLOWER PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
fertility programs that have proven successful time and
LAWN CARE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
again. Our suggestions will help you achieve your
PALM PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
goals and success. We provide application rates,
SALT REDUCTION PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
recommended spray intervals, and explanations of
SOD PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
why we suggest a product. Please call to talk with a
SPORTS TURF PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Growth Products plant nutritionist for additional
SUMMER STRESS PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
information.
TOURNAMENT PREP PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 2
GOLF PRODUCT SPOTLIGHT Recover RX 3-18-18
Start applications in spring and continue through the fall at a rate of 3-5 oz per 1,000 ft2. Superintendents who have tried Recover RX say it’s the best new product on the market. Use everywhere to strengthen roots. The natural plant aspirin, salicylic acid, fends off disease by strengthening the plants immune system.
Nitro-22 SRN + Sulfur
Affordable and effective! Get quick green-up and slow release Nitrogen in perfect ratios. For fairways and high cut turf, apply 14 oz per 1,000 ft2, and get six weeks of long lasting color thanks to the slow release nitrogen. Works particularly well in high calcareous soils thanks to the 4% sulfur content.
Companion Biological Fungicide
Sodium KnockOut
Begin applying Companion in the spring and continue throughout the growing season at a rate of 4-6 oz per 1,000 ft2. Companion fights a broad spectrum of disease and also builds stronger roots and healthier plants. Companion’s benefits go above and beyond conventional fungicides.
For fast results with an immediately soluble and 100% available calcium source to neutralize salts! Chronic salt levels are not only bad for turf but also disrupt soil quality. Constant vigilance is needed to keep salts at a minimum. Poor water quality, high salt fertilizers or environmental factors add to the problem.
Restore Plus
Essential Plus
An affordable, awesome product for fairways! Apply once a month to develop roots and improve turf health. Watch turf come alive! Use from early spring through fall at a rate of 3-6 oz per 1,000 ft2. Perfect for overseeding, when aerating or laying sod applications. A perfect all around product for plant health.
Push-up greens have unique challenges including compaction and lack of aeration. Use Essential to open up soil colloids, freeing air and water movement. For new golf courses construction high in sand, Essential increases the organic content and cation exchange and will help to retain fertilizer in the soil and prevent leaching. 3
TREE & LANDSCAPE PRODUCT SPOTLIGHT
Micrel Total
A complete micronutrient package in one product! Use on any tree or landscape plant suffering from chlorosis. Apply as a foliar spray, drench or deep root injection to quickly solve problems. Safe to apply year long, even during the summer months. Fight yellowing of trees, the most common problem of the oak family.
Autumn Care 6-12-12
Improved! We have upgraded Autumn Care with important micros and organic enhancers to help trees and shrubs withstand environmental stress. In addition to the Smart Nitrogen we have added chelated iron and manganese, along with sugars and enzymes to help boost your trees winter hardiness.
Palm Pro
A terrific product for palms and all landscape plantings. Mix 1 ounce per gallon and apply as a foliar spray, root drench or soil injection. What makes Palm Pro so effective? A combination of slow release nitrogen, potassium carbonate, micros, and organics! Correct frizzle top, a common problem in palms.
BioNutrients TotalPak Injectable
Affordable and easy-to-use and apply. The unique packaging makes Total-Pak easy to be transport from site to site. One pack per 100 gallons works great with an injector. Mix all your technical materials at one time making your job a little easier - 100% compatible.
Iron Max
Essential Plus
Fast powerful green-up thanks to the combination of chelated iron, manganese and sulfur. Apply 3-4 ounces per 1,000 ft2 and get dense thick turf. The combination of N, Fe and Mn give you the assurance that yellowing, commonly caused by chlorosis will be quickly corrected, with longer lasting results.
Essential Plus is a good value and all inclusive product with plant food, soil conditioner, micros, and organics. Will help struggling trees survive by stimulating root growth and overcoming stress. Use Essential on everything, including shrubs and flowers beds. Two applications per year; one in the spring and another application in the fall. 4
PRODUCT QUICK REFERENCE
FERTILIZERS
Page
Nitro-30 SRN 30-0-0
7
Nitro+K 22-0-16
9
The Classic 18-3-6
11
Pro-Formance Ultra
15
The Classic 18-0-6
“TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 “TKO” Phosphite 0-0-26 Nitro-22 + Sulfur
Recover RX 3-18-18 Autumn Care 6-12-12
17 18
Palm-Pro 12-4-12
Starter Plus 8-32-5
19
Triple 12 12-12-12
0-30-0 Liquid Phosphorus 18-6-12
18%
5.4%
3%
15%
7.5%
7.5%
Hydro-Max
Green-Speed Si
Sodium KnockOut
BioNutrients Soluble The Landscapers BioNutrition BioNutrients TotalPak Injectable
X-Xtra Iron
Iron Max AC 6% Cal Mag Max
Organic Iron 5%
Micrel Total 5-0-0 Cal-Tec 9%
Manganese Chelate 5%
Magnesium Chelate 3%
0.05%
-
6%
0.5%
0.05%
0.05%
0.05%
0.05%
-
0.05%
-
-
-
-
24
7%
15%
-
26% -
12%
25
12%
7.2%
4%
12%
1%
29
20%
3%
-
32
-
8%
4%
10%
18%
-
30%
Page
6%
Bacillus Subtilis GB03
36
3%
-
-
-
-
-
2%
5%
-
9%
3
-
3%
0.5
-
-
-
5%
-
-
8%
2.5%
52
3%
3%
2.5%
Page
Nitrogen (N)
54
15%
56
-
53 55
6% 7%
57
5%
61
-
59 62
-
-
-
48
3%
2%
6% -
-
-
-
-
3%
3
-
-
-
-
-
6 -
-
-
-
3%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Cu
Mo
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Zn
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.1%
-
0.0025%
-
-
5%
Iron (Fe) Calcium (Ca) 9%
-
-
4%
-
-
6%
2%
-
15%
-
9%
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Macro-Nutrients
-
Potassium (P) Phosphorus (K) 3%
Micronutrients
Calcium (Ca)
2%
1%
Natural Organic Ingredients
5%
-
3%
90%
-
-
1%
1.5%
-
-
-
-
-
9.5%
Micronutrients
-
-
0.5%
5%
-
-
3%
-
-
-
2%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
35%
5%
3.5%
-
-
-
-
2%
-
-
-
-
Copper (Cu)
-
2% Humic Acid, 2% Sugars, 0.1% Yucca
-
Zinc (Zn)
-
-
2% Glucose, 0.05% Enzymes
-
-
Sulfur (S)
-
2%
-
10%
Manganese Magnesium (Mn) (Mg)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9.53%
1.5%
-
-
-
1.5%
10%
-
0.5% Salicylic Acid
-
Endo L-Amino Sugar Protein Fiber Bacillus mycorAcids rhizae 0.1% 0.0025% 4.45% 5% 13.2% Yucca
-
-
-
-
0.005%
2%
2%
-
-
-
0.03%
Nitrogen (N)
Kelp
-
-
-
0.05%
-
0.5 0.25 0.02 0.02 0.0001 0.001 17%
-
5%
-
-
7%
10%
-
-
-
1.5%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10%
-
-
-
-
Humic Acid
-
-
-
-
-
-
20%
-
0.06
-
B
-
-
-
CFU
-
-
0.05%
-
-
-
-
0.05%
-
-
-
0.05%
0.05%
-
-
0.05%
0.05%
-
-
-
Mn Mg
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
0.05%
-
3%
-
-
Special Ingredients
-
0.05%
-
2%
Micronutrients (%)
-
-
-
-
0.05%
4%
-
-
0.05%
-
-
-
-
0.05%
-
-
5.5 X 1010 Colony Forming Unites per Gallon
-
-
-
-
Active Fungicidal Ingredients
1
-
-
-
-
-
0.3%
-
-
-
0.05%
-
-
12%
Potassium Phosphorus (P) (K)
-
-
-
Macro-Nutrients
-
21%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1%
25%
0.03%
Macro-Nutrients
0.1%
10%
-
10.8%
-
4%
5%
3%
-
-
34
32%
4%
10%
33
4%
-
-
-
-
Natural Components
Zinc (Zn) Copper (Cu) Boron (B)
-
-
0.05%
-
12% 2%
-
-
2.4% 3.5%
-
-
0.05%
-
6%
8%
-
-
-
18%
-
Micronutrients
-
-
0.1%
18%
45
50
0.1%
6%
-
10%
47
6%
26%
6%
15%
46
-
29%
15%
43 44
-
-
Slow Phosphorus Potassium Nitrogen Page Release Fe Ca (N) (P) (K) Nitrogen 40 1% 1% 0.29 -
pH Reducer
-
-
-
22
Biologically Based
Control De-Thatcher
-
16%
0.05%
8.8%
Companion Liquid
42
-
-
15%
-
3%
-
Micronutrients
Manganese Magnesium Iron (Fe) Calcium (Ca) Sulfur (S) (Mn) (Mg)
2%
22%
Biological Fungicides
Re-Store Plus
3%
9%
20
30
0-0-25 Liquid Potassium
9%
-
27
20-3-3 Quick Response
18%
-
23
K-Builder 7-2-21
-
18%
15%
21
Arbor Care 15-8-4
25.5%
18%
16
15-0-15 Pro-Balance
30% 22%
13
15-2-15 Pro-Balance
Essential Plus
Macro-Nutrients
Slow Release Phosphorus Potassium Nitrogen (N) Nitrogen (P) (K)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Molybdenum Boron (B) (Mo)
Polymer Gel
Chelating Agent
-
-
Glucoheptonate Citric Acid
-
-
2%
-
-
-
-
-
Silica
Citric Acid
0.02%
-
Citric Acid
Surfactant
-
0.0005%
-
-
Yeast
Enzymes
-
0.5% -
Ecto Special mycorIngredients rhizae Vitamins
-
0.5% -
0.5%
-
4% -
Magnesium (Mg)
-
Citric Acid
Glucoheptonate
-
Glucoheptonate
-
Glucoheptonate
Glucoheptonate
Harnessing Soil Biology
POWERFUL MICROORGANISMS
The world’s largest biodiversity exists in our soils. Our Biotechnology harnesses this complexity of soil microorganisms, mycorrhizae, organic matter, and organic nutrients into highly stable and condensed liquids and wettable powders. Our key objective is to provide the professional with multifunctional products that will restore depleted, poor soils, to a balanced, bio active and steady environment that improve soil quality and most importantly maintains a healthy environment for healthy thriving plants and turf.
INNOVATION
C6H4(OH)COOH - Also Known As Salicylic Acid
The Greek physician Hippocrates wrote in the 5th century BC about a bitter powder extracted from willow bark that could ease aches and pains and reduce fevers, the first use of salicylic Acid, the key ingredient in aspirin. Today, aspirin is one of the most widely used medications in the world. Plants can benefit from this technology too. Whether a plant is being challenged from abiotic stress, osmotic stress, insects or pathogens, salicylic acid initiates the plant’s defenses against the attack.
HIGH QUALITY INGREDIENTS MAKE ALL THE DIFFERENCE CHELATION
What are the Benefits of Chelation?
Just like the vitamins we use to maintain our health, chelated minerals are easy for the body to absorb and utilize. Plants as well as humans require a health balance of nutrients such as iron, manganese, and calcium. Growth Products “chelates” these micronutrients in a process that combines them into a soluble liquid metal. This allows them to be quickly utilized by turf, trees and other crops to show immediate results. Yellow is the common visual symptom of a plant lacking micronutrients, and can be solved quickly turning a sick plant into a healthy one overnight.
Smart Slow Release Nitrogen
TECHNOLOGY
O O
H
H
N
C
N
C H
N
C
N H
H
H H
6
Nitrogen is the nutrient most often deficient in plants and yet it is also the most over applied nutrient. Why is this contradiction? Nitrogen’s erratic behavior and industry’s less than technical approach has led to this waste in nitrogen applications that leach or volatilize. Growth Products slow release nitrogen methylene technology is a strong long carbon molecule that is slowly and systematically released as the plant requires it. It is sticky and adheres to soil and leaves, staying in place and feeding the plant consistently. Many of Growth Products’ fertilizers contain this special methylene nitrogen.
NITRO-30 SRN 30-0-0 ®
With 85% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN
• DOES NOT LEACH OR VOLATILIZE • DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT UPTAKE
• LOWEST SALT INDEX OF ANY NITROGEN • STIMULATES SOIL MICROBES WITH CARBON
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
ing season on cool, warm and transitional grasses. Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (see Tank Mixing Chart for exact quantities for various rates of nitrogen and different volume spraying). Because of Nitro-30’s efficacy, yearly nitrogen application rates can be reduced by 1/3 as compared to granular applications. Nitro-30 is ideal for low volume spraying and is compatible with other N-P-K materials and technical products.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30% 4.5% Urea Nitrogen 25.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Derived From: Low Biuret Urea, Methylene Urea *85% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 kg Salt Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 1 Ton (2,000 lbs.) = 192.7 gallons 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 lbs. Nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.37 kg Nitrogen pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
TEES, GREENS & FAIRWAYS :
Nitro-30 is recommended for all types of grasses, including Kentucky Blue, Bent, Fescue, Perennial Rye, Bermuda, St. Augustine, Bahia, Zoysia and Centipede. Nitrogen application varies according to climate and grass variety, so be sure to check the appropriate amount of nitrogen to apply per season as each grass variety will be different. Nitro-30 is compatible with most other turf insecticides and fungicides and can be used in place of granular and solubles, providing a non-phytotoxic, slow release nitrogen source. Nitro-30 is an environmentally sound product. You can apply lower nitrogen rates than with granular products while achieving better results.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION :
Nitro-30 Slow Release Nitrogen (30-0-0) Liquid Fertilizer is a safe, reliable, slow release nitrogen solution ideal for turf and horticultural applications. Nitro-30 SRN (30-0-0) provides a stable, highly concentrated liquid nitrogen source for spray applications. Nitro-30 is a reacted UF polymer (ureaform); a nitrogen/carbon chain material that is utilized by soil microorganisms. Nitro-30 is a true solution containing water soluble methylene urea along with small percentages of free urea. Nitro30 provides residual nitrogen release, low volatilization and reduced leaching. It does not contain nitrates. The release of nitrogen from Nitro-30 depends on soil microorganisms, hydrolysis and UV radiation. Since this molecule contains carbon, it provides an energy source for beneficial microorganisms. The nitrogen release works in conjunction with the increase in soil temperature, microbial activity and the plant’s increased need for nitrogen. This form of nitrogen molecule resists leaching and volatilization, making it a cost effective nitrogen source. Nitro-30 is not phytotoxic to plant materials. Nitro-30 contains no suspended particles, NEEDS NO SPECIAL AGITATION, and can be used along with other technical products. It is ideal for fertigation systems and is non-clogging and non-abrasive. Nitro-30 can be safely tank mixed with many acidic and alkaline materials. It is an exclusive proprietary product of Growth Products, Ltd.
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
Fairways and Roughs
3 - 6 oz. Nitro-30 SRN (95 ml)
Tees & Greens
Lawn Care
4 - 5 oz. (127 - 159 ml)
24 oz. (760 ml)
Frequency
Every 7-14 days Apply As Needed Apply As Needed
Turf Applications: Nitro-30 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Nitro-30 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 5 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate (160 ml) (0.06 Kg N) 10 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate (330 ml) (0.12 Kg N) 14 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate (413 ml) (0.15 Kg N) 21 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate (650 ml) (0.24 Kg N) 31 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate (980 ml) (0.36 Kg N) 41 oz 1 lb. N 12 weeks release rate (1.3 L) (0.48 Kg N)
SUGGESTED USES :
Nitro-30 SRN (30-0-0) Liquid Fertilizer solution is a safe, nonburning, reliable nitrogen source for all turf grass applications (including cool, warm and transitional grasses), tree and ornamental applications. Nitro-30 can be used along with other technical products for low volume foliar spraying. Nitro-30 will enhance contact herbicides and insecticides. It is ideal for fertigation systems since it will not clog or cause abrasion.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Nitro-30 can be applied throughout the grow-
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
Application
10603 (800) 648-7626
7
www.GrowthProducts.com
Turf Applications Nitro-30 Solution in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
If You Apply
4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 3.8 L per 100 m2
Nursery Applications
Containerized Foliar Spray: 1 gal per 100 gal of Crops, Woody water. Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. (1 L in 100 L water) Ornamentals, Apply every Foliage Plants, Soil Drench: 1-2 oz per gal of 2-4 weeks. Field-Grown water. Thoroughly drench soil. Trees (29-59 ml per 4 L water)
1/10 lb. N 1/8 lb. N 1/4 lb. N 1/2 lb. N (.05 Kg N) (.06 Kg N) (.12 Kg N) (.24 Kg N) 0.8 gal. 1 gal. 2 gal. 4 gal. 3.6 L 4.3 L 8.6 L 17.1 L 1gal. 1.3 gal. 2.7 gal. 5.4gal. 5.3 L 6.4 L 12.8 L 25.7 L 1.6 gal. 2 gal. 4 gal. 8 gal. 7L 7.6 L 15.2 L 30.4 L 3.2 gal. 4 gal. 8 gal. 16 gal 13.4 L 16 L 32 L 64.2
3.5 oz. per gallon of water (100 ml in 4 L water) extend nutrient availability at the end of feeding cycle to avoid costly hand topdressing. Apply at the end of growing cycle prior to shipment, as a final feed to avoid labor, waste and spillage. For Constant Feed: Use on all nursery stock, potted and containerized plants as both foliar or root feeding. 1:100
Blending Instructions with Urea 50% Nitro-30 with 50% Urea in 100 Gal. of Tank Mix 1/3 lb. Nitrogen per 1,000 Sq. Ft.
If you Apply 5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 4.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 4 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 3.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 3 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 2.5 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 2 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft 1 gal. per 1,000 sq. ft
TREES & ORNAMENTALS :
Nitro-30 1.6 gal. 1.8 gal. 2 gal. 2.3 gal. 2.7 gal. 3.2 gal. 4 gal. 8 gal.
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Do NOT store below 32o F for long periods of time. Freezing temperatures will cause Nitro-30 to become viscous and coagulate. If frozen, place in warmer temperatures and mix with warm water Nitro-30 will regain its normal fluid state. Freezing does not affect the agronomic quality of this product. Bulk Storage: Nitro-30 can be stored in polypropylene, fiberglass, stainless or mild steel tanks. Heat does not affect this product. Recommended storage temperature for Nitro-30 is 40o F and above. When stored outside for long periods of time in temperatures <32o F it is recommended to dilute the concentrate with water by 10-15% to assure fluidity. If outside temperature is less than 20o F, store inside warehouse. Nitro-30 SRN does not require any special agitation. It is not corrosive to most metals with a slightly alkaline pH and can be used through any irrigation or spray equipment. Dilution: Nitro-30 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium and phosphates or pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Nitro-30 SRN must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. Do not mix concentrated technical materials together without first diluting with water. Care should be taken when blending Nitro-30 SRN with highly acidic materials such as phosphoric acid or ammonium sulfate. Neutralize these materials to a pH of 7 or above. Potassium phosphate, potassium chloride, potassium nitrate, urea and urea ammonium nitrate or phosphorus solutions may be readily blended with Nitro-30 SRN after dilution with water. The following mixing procedures should be used after Nitro-30 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next and apply all of the mixture that day. Nitro-30 can be mixed with copper based fungicides.
Urea 11 lbs. 12 lbs. 13 lbs. 15 lbs. 18 lbs. 21 lbs. 27 lbs. 52 lbs.
The nitrogen release period for deep root injection extends 3 to 6 months depending on soil and climate conditions. There is no danger of phytotoxicity. No special agitation is required. For trees, apply 1 lb. Nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft. (under canopy). Inject 4"-8" below soil surface, into root zone, with correctly calibrated tree fertilizer injection equipment. For ornamentals, apply 3/4 lb. Nitrogen twice a year as a soil drench.
Tree Care DBH Method
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH Nitro-30 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 3 qts 1/12 1 gallon 1/6 2 gallon Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter.
GREENHOUSE & NURSERY:
Nitro-30 is a high quality, concentrated slow release nitrogen solution. It has the lowest salt index of any nitrogen source at 04. It is ideal for both supplement feeding and constant feed of nursery stock for both foliar and root uptake. This clear liquid can be injected through fertigation, drip irrigation or overhead sprinkler systems. For Supplemental Feeding: Use between applications of granular coated fertilizer to level off nutrients that are often not available or depleted because of adverse weather conditions. This will
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
8
www.GrowthProducts.com
NITRO+K 22-0-16
82% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN With POTASSIUM CARBONATE
• A CRYSTAL CLEAR TRUE SOLUTION • IDEAL FOR FAIRWAY APPLICATIONS
• BALANCED RATIO OF N TO K • NO NITRATES/ NO CHLORIDES
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Tees & Greens: Apply to tees at a rate of 1/10 to 1/8 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 to 14 days with a spray unit applying no less than 1-2 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 sq.ft. This is the recommended rate for all turfgrass species, including the new varieties of bentgrass, such as A-4 and G-2. Applying slow release nitrogen will limit excess growth, and reduce the buildup of unwanted thatch.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22% 4% Urea Nitrogen 18% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16% Derived From: Low biuret Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate. *82% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.5 1 gallon contains . . 2.6 lbs. nitrogen and 1.9 lbs potassium 1 liter contains . . . . 0.32 kg nitrogen and 0.23 kg potassium
Application
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 5 - 6 oz. Tees & Greens (150 - 191 ml) Fairways & 12 - 14 oz. Roughs (380 - 460 ml) 12 - 14 oz. Sports Turf (380 - 460 ml) 12 - 14 oz. Sod (380 - 460 ml) Lawn Care 24 oz. (760 ml)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Nitro+K combines two important elements, nitrogen, and potassium, for quality turf maintenance. This concentrate solution provides the most efficient and reliable sources of nitrogen and potassium. Nitro+K contains a reacted UF polymer (methylene urea), which is a carbon/nitrogen chain. It resists leaching and volatilization, and provides a food source for soil microbes. Nitro+K is a safe and immediately available potassium source. With the adherence properties of this foliar solution, a turf manager can reduce yearly application rates of N and K by up to 40%, making Nitro+K a cost effective fertilizer for tees, greens, and fairways. Since potassium can be quickly absorbed by leaf tissue, turf will respond within a few days of application. The slow release nitrogen provides consistent nitrogen release without producing flush growth. This reduces unwanted thatch and possible disease problems. Flush growth has been shown to contribute to an unhealthy root system. The production of excess shoot growth takes away energy needed by the plant to produce a healthy root system. Nitro+K does not contain any chlorides, nitrates, or sulfates. This is of special importance, since these will build up unwanted salts in the soil, interfering with seed germination and causing severe plant injury.
Frequency
Every 7-14 days Apply Every 21 - 35 Days
Apply Monthly Monthly
Apply As Needed
Fairways: Apply on fairways at a rate of 1/4 to 1/3 lb. N per 1,000 sq. ft. every month with a spray unit applying no less than 2 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Nitro+K is non-corrosive and can be applied through a fertigation system. The use of a product that contains a high amount of slow release nitrogen has been shown to eliminate surge growth that produces unwanted thatch. Nitro+K can be tank mixed with most pesticides. Applications of 22-0-16, in combination with PGRs, have shown to eliminate the unwanted discoloration that often occurs when
Turf Applications Nitro+K in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
If You Apply
SUGGESTED USES :
5 gal per 1,000 FT2 20 L per 100 m2 4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
Nitro+K liquid fertilizer solution is a safe, low phytotoxic nitrogen/potassium source for all turfgrass applications (including cool, warm and transitional grasses). Nitro+K can be used with other technical materials for foliar applications. It will enhance the adhesion of some fungicides, insecticides, and herbicides (making them rainfast). When used in combination with PGRs, Nitro+K has been shown to reduce the discoloration that commonly occurs with the use of PGRs. Nitro+K is non-corrosive and non-abrasive, and can be used through any fertigation equipment.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
10603 (800) 648-7626
9
1/10 lb N (.05 Kg N) 0.8 gal 3L 1 gal 4.2 L 1.3 gal 6.3 L 2 gal 8.3 L 3.8 gal 15.6 L
1/8 lb N (.06 Kg N) 1.0 gal 3.8 L 1.2 gal 5L 1.6 gal 7.5 L 2.3 gal 8.9 L 4.7 gal 18.8 L
1/4 lb. N (.12 Kg N) 2 gal 7.5 L 2.3 gal 10 L 3 gal 15 L 4.7 gal 17.8 L 9.4 gal 37.5 L
www.GrowthProducts.com
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 2.5 gal 10 L 3 gal 13.3 L 4 gal 20 L 6.2 gal 23.5 L 12.4 gal 5.0 L
apply all of the mixture that day. Nitro+K can be mixed with copper based fungicides.
PGRs are applied. Due to the dual efficiency (foliar and root absorption) of liquid fertilizers, you should use only 1/2 the rate of commonly used granular fertilizers. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Although Nitro+K has a pH of 10.5, it is important to note that Nitro+K has an acidifying effect on soil. Be sure to check the labels of your technical products for pH compatibility.
Turf Applications: Nitro+ K Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Nitro+ K Nitrogen Rate Potassium Rate Application Timing 5 oz 1/10 lb. N 1/14 lb K 1 week release 150 ml 0.05 Kg N 0.03 Kg K rate 6 oz 1/8 lb. N 1/10 lb K 2 weeks release 190 ml 0.06 Kg N 0.04 Kg K rate 12 oz 1/4 lb. N 1/5 lb. K 4 weeks release 380 ml 0.12 Kg N 0.08 Kg K rate 14 oz 1/3 lb. N 1/4 lb. K 6 weeks release 460 ml 0.15 Kg N 0.1 Kg K rate 24 oz 1/2 lb. N 1/3 lb. K 8 weeks release 760 ml 0.24 Kg N 0.17 Kg K rate 36 oz 3/4 lb. N 1/2 lb. K 10 weeks release 1.14 l 0.36 Kg N 0.26 Kg K rate Foliar Spray:
Nursery Applications
1-2 gal. in 100 gallons of water (1-2 L in 100 L water) 1-2 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (8 - 16 ml per liter water)
Soil Drench:
1:100
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
STORAGE & HANDLING :
3.5 oz. per gallon of water (100 ml in 4 L water)
If stored below 32o F Nitro+K will become very viscous. No special agitation is needed. It can be tank mixed with other technical materials. Nitro+K is alkaline (with a pH of 10.5) and compatible with copper-based fungicides. Mixing: Nitro+K must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. Do not mix concentrated technical materials together without first diluting with water. Care should be taken when blending Nitro+K with highly acidic materials such as phosphoric acid or ammonium sulfate. Neutralize these materials to a pH of 7 or above. Potassium phosphate, potassium chloride, potassium nitrate, urea and urea ammonium nitrate or phosphorus solutions may be readily blended with Nitro+K after dilution with water. The following mixing procedures should be used after Nitro+K has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next and
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
10
www.GrowthProducts.com
THE CLASSIC 18-3-6
LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SRN PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS • PROVIDES DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT • A TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION
• LOW SALT INDEX • NO NITRATES / NO CHLORIDES
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
warm season grass. 18-3-6 can be safely used on Rye overseeded areas. 18-3-6 is ideal for both foliar spray and soil injection of trees and shrubs. 18-3-6 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides and insecticides. No special agitation is needed.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 7.9% Urea Nitrogen 1.1% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 9.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly ammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% Slowly Available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22 kg nitrogen Potential acidity equivalent to 573 lbs. Calcium Carbonate per ton.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-3-6 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can begin in early spring and continue through fall at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L) every 4-10 week intervals, (or as needed) per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.) Tees & Greens: Apply on greens and tees 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 - 14 days with a spray unit applying no less than 1-2 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the Application
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products 18-3-6 with 50% Slow Release Nitrogen plus micronutrients is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-P-K raw materials and micronutrients to assure a safe, reliable and efficient product. 18-3-6 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up and 50% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 18-3-6 contains methylene urea from Nitro-30 (MDU), which resists leaching and provides a release over 8-12 weeks. The phosphorus and potassium are readily available for both foliar and root uptake. The K is a non-chloride source. 18-3-6 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 183-6 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
Frequency
Every 7-14 Days Apply Every 21 - 28 Days
Apply Monthly Apply Monthly
Apply As Needed
Turf Applications: 18-3-6 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-3-6 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 7 oz 1/10 lb. N 1 week release rate 214 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 267 ml 0.06 Kg N 17 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 535 ml 0.12 Kg N 22 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 649 ml 0.14 Kg N 34 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1L 0.24 Kg N 50 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.6 L 0.36 Kg N
SUGGESTED USES :
Growth Products 18-3-6 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue and
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 7 - 8 oz. Tees & Greens (214 - 267 ml) Fairways & 17 - 20 oz. Roughs (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sports Turf (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sod (535 - 642 ml) Lawn Care 10 - 20 oz.
10603 (800) 648-7626
11
www.GrowthProducts.com
recommended rate for Bentgrass greens and tees. 18-3-6 is compatible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-3-6 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady and continuous source of nutrients.
Turf Applications 18-3-6 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
If You Apply
TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :
4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index and resists leaching. 18-3-6 is a true solution and is ideal for root injection and for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. See Injection Application Rate Chart.
1/8 lb N (.06 Kg N) 1.6 gal 7L 2.2 gal 10.5 L 3.3 gal 12.4 L 6.6 gal 26.2 L
1/4 lb. N (.12 Kg N) 3.3 gal 14.0 L 4.4 gal 21 L 6.6 gal 24.8 L 13 gal 52.5 L
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 4.3 gal 18.6 L 5.8 gal 28 L 8.7 gal 32.8 L 17.3 gal 69.9 L
Tree Care DBH Method
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-3-6 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by heat or freezing temperatures. 18-3-6 has a neutral pH and is neither corrosive or abrasive. Dilution: 18-3-6 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. Mixing: High quality buffers allow 18-3-6 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-3-6 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.
Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2
Quantity 18-3-6 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 .25 gal .5 gal 1 gal 100 .3 gal .6 gal 1.3 gal 150 .5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 .6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2-2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
1/10 lb N (.05 Kg N) 1.3 gal 5.8 L 1.8 gal 8.7 L 2.6 gal 11.7 L 5.3 gal 22 L
10603 (800) 648-7626
12
www.GrowthProducts.com
THE CLASSIC 18-0-6
PHOSPHATE FREE With 50% SRN PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS • PROVIDES DUAL EFFICIENCY - FOLIAR / ROOT • A TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION
• LOW SALT INDEX • NO PHOSPHATES - NO NITRATES - NO CHLORIDES
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
ed areas. 18-0-6 is ideal for both foliar spray and soil injection of trees and shrubs. 18-0-6 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides and insecticides. No special agitation is needed.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 7.9% Urea Nitrogen 1.1% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 9.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22 kg nitrogen Potential acidity equivalent to 573 lbs. Calcium Carbonate per ton.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-0-6 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can begin in early spring and continue through fall at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L) every 4-10 week intervals, (or as needed) per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.) Tees & Greens: Apply on greens and tees 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) per 1,000 sq. ft. every 7 - 14 days with a spray unit applying no less than 1-2 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the recommended rate for Bentgrass greens and tees. 18-0-6 is comApplication
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products 18-0-6 with 50% Slow Release Nitrogen plus micronutrients is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-P-K raw materials and micronutrients to assure a safe, reliable and efficient product. 18-0-6 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up and 50% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 18-0-6 contains methylene urea from Nitro-30 (MDU), which resists leaching and provides a release over 8-12 weeks. The phosphorus and potassium are readily available for both foliar and root uptake. The K is a non chloride source. 18-0-6 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 180-6 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
Frequency
Every 7-14 days
Apply every 21 - 28 days Apply Monthly Apply Monthly
Apply As Needed
Turf Applications: 18-0-6 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-3-6 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 7 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly 214 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 267 ml 0.06 Kg N 17 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 535 ml 0.12 Kg N 22 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 649 ml 0.14 Kg N 34 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1L 0.24 Kg N 50 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.6 L 0.36 Kg N
SUGGESTED USES :
Growth Products 18-0-6 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue and warm season grass. 18-0-6 can be safely used on Rye overseed-
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 7 - 8 oz. Tees & Greens (214 - 267 ml) Fairways & 17 - 20 oz. Roughs (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sports Turf (535 - 642 ml) 17 - 20 oz. Sod (535 - 642 ml) Lawn Care 10 - 20 oz. (1L)
10603 (800) 648-7626
13
www.GrowthProducts.com
patible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-0-6 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady and continuous source of nutrients.
Turf Applications 18-0-6 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
If You Apply
TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :
Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index and resists leaching. 18-0-6 is a true solution and is ideal for root injection and for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. See Injection Application Rate Chart.
4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
1/8 lb N (.06 Kg N) 1.6 gal 7L 2.2 gal 10.5 L 3.3 gal 12.4 L 6.6 gal 26.2 L
1/4 lb. N (.12 Kg N) 3.3 gal 14.0 L 4.4 gal 21 L 6.6 gal 24.8 L 13 gal 52.5 L
Tree Care DBH Method
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 4.3 gal 18.6 L 5.8 gal 28 L 8.7 gal 32.8 L 17.3 gal 69.9 L
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-0-6 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by heat or freezing temperatures. 18-0-6 has a neutral pH and is neither corrosive or abrasive. Dilution: 18-0-6 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. Mixing: High quality buffers allow 18-0-6 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-0-6 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.
Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2
Quantity 18-0-6 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 .25 gal .5 gal 1 gal 100 .3 gal .6 gal 1.3 gal 150 .5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 .6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1/2 - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
1/10 lb N (.05 Kg N) 1.3 gal 5.8 L 1.8 gal 8.7 L 2.6 gal 11.7 L 5.3 gal 22 L
10603 (800) 648-7626
14
www.GrowthProducts.com
PRO-FORMANCE ULTRA ™
(18-3-6) A PREMIUM FOLIAR GREENS PRODUCT With ORGANIC ENHANCERS •FOR ADVANCED FOLIAR UP-TAKE •NO SURGE GROWTH •SUPERIOR ABSORPTION
•COMPLETE ANALYSIS - NINE NUTRIENTS •WITH ORGANICS TO ENHANCE SOIL CONDITIONS •ENHANCES MICROBIAL ACTIVITY
G UARANTEED A NALYSIS :
nutrient absorption into the leaf tissue. It contains our exclusive organic spreader/ sticker to ensure long lasting adherence to leaf tissue regardless of weather conditions. It contains a natural steroid that enhances cell-wall permeability, which quickens and increases nutrient uptake.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 10.8% Urea Nitrogen 1.2% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 0.6% Nitrogen from Hydrolysate Protein 5.4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Calcium (Ca) Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly Ammonium Phosphate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Magnesium EDTA, Zinc EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA, Enzymatically Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Saccarides. Maltose, Dextrin, Yucca schidigera, Potassium Humate (derived from Leonardite), Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) *30% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea
For soil applications, Pro-Formance Ultra provides organic food sources for beneficial soil microbes resulting in improved soil conditions.
Foliar Application Rates: Pro-Formance Ultra
Grass
Cool Season Turf Warm Season Turf
Rate
Application Timing
8 oz per 1,000 ft2 (255 ml per 100 m2)
Weekly
4 - 6 oz per 1,000 ft2 (190 ml per 100 m2)
Weekly
Apply with 1/2 to 2 gallons of water per 1,000 ft2 (2-6 L per 100 m2)
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Keep from freezing. Must shake or mix well before use. Mixing: Dilute with sufficient water to ensure adequate soil drench. Put half the water in the tank and add Pro-formance Ultra. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Pro-formance Ultra has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing Pro-Formance Ultra with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
2% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Essential L-Amino Acids 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Protein Hydrolysate (from Soy) 0.15% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Simple and Complex Sugars pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.58 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Pro-Formance Ultra is foliar fertilizer specially formulated for high maintenance greens. This premium product gives the superintendent a product that foliar feeds eight important nutrients. ProFormance Ultra also contains “organic enhancers” that increase
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
15
www.GrowthProducts.com
PRO-BALANCE 15-2-15
With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN
PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS
• EQUAL NITROGEN / POTASSIUM RATIO • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT FEEDING
• REQUIRES NO MIXING OR AGITATION • TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedure should be used after 15-2-15 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture the same day.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 7.5% Urea Nitrogen 7.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P 0 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K O) . 2. . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% Copper (Cu) . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Poly ammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12 lbs. (1.33 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Application
Tees & Greens Fairways & Roughs Sports Turf & Sod Lawn Care
Turf Applications 15-2-15 in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) If You Apply
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
15-2-15 Pro-Balance with 50% SRN is produced from high quality technical and food grade raw materials. 15-2-15 is safe for both turf and horticultural applications, and is a reliable source of both N and K. 15-2-15 contains soluble, readily available potassium for immediate plant uptake to maintain sufficient potassium levels. Nutrients are absorbed both through the leaves and roots. Potassium improves the stand of stalk and increases disease resistance. 15-2-15 provides an optimal 1 to 1 ratio of N and K which is important when turf cannot use high levels of Phosphorus. No special agitation is required. 15-2-15 does not contain chlorides which can cause salt buildup. Potassium is known to improve winter hardiness of turf grass. University research indicates the importance of maintaining good potassium levels as it relates to drought tolerance. Application is suggested where soil levels of potassium are marginal, and annual applications of 2 lbs of potassium per 1,000 sf may be required.
1/10 lb N 1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N (.05 Kg N) (.06 Kg N) (.12 Kg N) 2 gal 2.5 gal 5 gal 10 L 12 L 24 L 3 gal 3.7 gal 7.5 gal 13.3 L 14.2 L 28.4 L 6 gal 7.5 gal 15 gal 25 L 30 L 60 L
15-2-15 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 6.6 gal 32 L 10 gal 37.4 L 19.8 gal 80 L
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 15-2-15 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 8 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly 244 ml 50g N 10 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 305 ml 60g N 19 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 610 ml 120g N 38 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1.2 L 240g N
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
The following recommendations are made for warm season, transitional and cool season grasses such as: Bermuda, Bent, Kentucky Blue, Centipede, Perennial Rye, St. Augustine, Bahia and Zoysiagrass. 15-2-15 Pro-Balance is compatible with most other turf insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. 15-2-15 can be used in place of granular and soluble materials, providing a steady, even supply of nutrients. Apply at a rate of no less than 2 gallon of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Tank Mixing: High quality buffers allow 15-2-15 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. 152-15 must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Frequency 7 - 10 oz. Every 7-14 days (295 - 560 ml) 19 - 25 oz. Apply Monthly (295 - 740 ml) 19 - 25 oz. Apply Monthly (295 - 740 ml) 38 oz. (1.12 L) Apply every 6-8 weeks
1:100
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
10603 (800) 648-7626
16
4.5 oz. per gal water (133 ml)
Manufactured By:
www.GrowthProducts.com
PRO-BALANCE 15-0-15
With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN
PLUS MICRONUTRIENTS
• EQUAL NITROGEN / POTASSIUM RATIO • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT FEEDING
• REQUIRES NO MIXING • TRUE CLEAR SOLUTION
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
AGITATION
mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture the same day.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 7.5% Urea Nitrogen 7.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% Copper (Cu) . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Copper EDTA Chelate, Iron EDTA Chelate, Manganese EDTA Chelate, Zinc EDTA Chelate. Chelating Agent: EDTA *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12 lbs. (1.33 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Application
Tees & Greens Fairways & Roughs Sports Turf & Sod Lawn Care
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Frequency 7 - 10 oz. Every 7-14 days (295 - 560 ml) 19 - 25 oz. Apply Monthly (295 - 740 ml) 19 - 25 oz. Apply Monthly (295 - 740 ml) 38 oz. (1.12 L) Apply every 6-8 weeks
Turf Applications 15-0-15 in 100 Gal (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
If You Apply
15-0-15 with 50% SRN is produced from high quality technical and food grade raw materials. 15-0-15 is safe for both turf and horticultural applications, and is a reliable source of both N and K. 15-0-15 contains soluble, readily available potassium for immediate plant uptake to maintain sufficient potassium levels. Nutrients are absorbed both through the leaves and roots. Potassium improves the stand of stalk and increases disease resistance. 15-0-15 provides an optimal 1 to 1 ratio of N and K which is important when turf cannot use high levels of Phosphorus. No special agitation is required. 15-0-15 does not contain chlorides which can cause salt buildup. Potassium is known to improve winter hardiness of turf grass. University research indicates the importance of maintaining good potassium levels as it relates to drought tolerance. Application is suggested where soil levels of potassium are marginal, and annual applications of 2 lbs of potassium per 1,000 sf may be required.
3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
1/10 lb N 1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N (.05 Kg N) (.06 Kg N) (.12 Kg N) 2 gal 2.5 gal 5 gal 10 L 12 L 24 L 3 gal 3.7 gal 7.5 gal 13.3 L 14.2 L 28.4 L 6 gal 7.5 gal 15 gal 25 L 30 L 60 L
15-0-15 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 6.6 gal 32 L 10 gal 37.4 L 19.8 gal 80 L
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 15-0-15 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 8 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly 244 ml 50g N 10 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 305 ml 60g N 19 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 610 ml 120g N 38 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1.2 L 240g N
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
The following recommendations are made for warm season, transitional and cool season grasses such as: Bermuda, Bent, Kentucky Blue, Centipede, Perennial Rye, St. Augustine, Bahia and Zoysiagrass. 15-0-15 is compatible with most other turf insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. 15-0-15 can be used in place of granular and soluble materials, providing a steady, even supply of nutrients. Apply at a rate of no less than 2 gallon of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Tank Mixing: High quality buffers allow 15-0-15 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. 150-15 must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedure should be used after 15-0-15 has been diluted with water. Add products to
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
OR
1:100
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
4.5 oz. per gal water (133 ml)
Manufactured By:
10603 (800) 648-7626
17
www.GrowthProducts.com
“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-29-26
100% PHOSPHITE
•INCREASES ROOT MASS •AIDS IN BLOOM SET
•REDUCES SUMMER STRESS •COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER TECHNICAL MATERIALS
Available Phosphoric Acid as P2O5 (AOAC Method 960.02) . . . 29% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26% Derived From: phosphorous acid, potassium hydroxide. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.3 - 7.8 (Mono- and Di-Potassium Salts of Phosphorous Acid) CAS# 13977-65-6, CAS# 13492-26-7 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . .6.875 lbs of phosphite Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.82 kg of phosphite
“TKO” Phosphite™ (0-29-26) is a highly concentrated P/K nutrient solution containing mono- and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid. This clear solution is highly soluble and is rapidly absorbed into the plant tissue. It can be absorbed either through leaf tissue or roots, quickly correcting deficiencies and improving plant growth and vigor. Phosphite nutrients are known to improve turf quality and over all plant growth. “TKO” Phosphite can be used as soil and / or foliar application. Phosphorus is second only in importance to nitrogen and is known to play a key role in photosynthesis and root development.
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Turf Applications: Phosphite Phosphorous/Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Foliar Spray Recommendations
Application Rate Warm & Cool 3-5 fl oz in a minimum of 2 gal Season Turf water per 1,000 ft2 (88-147 ml Applications per 100 m2) Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water) Outside Nursery & Tree Continuous Feed: 6 oz per 100 Farm, Field gallons of water (45 ml per 100 Grown L water) Applications Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375-500 ml per 100 gallons water) Foliar Spray: 1-2 quarts per 100 gal water or ⅛ - ¼ fl oz per gal water. (250-500 ml per 100 L water or 3-5 ml per L water)
Greenhouse
Ferns
Frequency / Notes Repeat Every 14-30 days during active growing season
Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Phosphite Phosphorous Rate Potassium Rate 4 oz 1/8 lb. P 1/10 lb. K 140 ml 0.06 Kg P 0.54 Kg K 9 oz 1/4 lb. P 1/5 lb. K 280 ml 0.12 Kg P 0.1 Kg K 11 oz 1/3 lb. P 1/4 lb. K 337 ml 0.15 Kg P 0.13 Kg K 18 oz 1/2 lb. P .45 lb. K 560 ml 0.24 Kg P 0.22 Kg K
Repeat the application every 30 days or as needed. Apply after transplanting
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Caution: Do not apply together with copper containing products. Avoid application of copper containing products 20 days prior to the application of “TKO” Phosphite and for 10 days after the application of “TKO” Phosphite . Do not use surfactants or adjuvants with this product. Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. “TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Mixing: High quality buffers allow “TKO” Phosphite 0-29-26 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. Always use a jar test before mixing chemicals in your tank. The following mixing procedures should be used after “TKO” Phosphite 029-26 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.
Transplanting: Soak plug tray or foliar Soil Drench:12-24 fl oz per spray after 100 gal of water or ⅛ - ¼ fl oz transplanting
per gal water (94-188 ml per 100 L water or 1-2 ml per L Propagation and water) Maintenance: Apply at 2-4 week Overhead: 1-2 quarts per 100 gal water. (250-500 intervals and repeat as needed. ml per 100 L water) Drip: 1-2 quarts per100 gal water (250-500 ml per 100 liters water) 1-4 pints per acre (1-5 liters per hectare)
Apply after ferns are developed. Repeat every 30 days
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
18
www.GrowthProducts.com
“TKO” PHOSPHITE 0-0-26 100% PHOSPHITE
•INCREASES ROOT MASS •AIDS IN BLOOM SET
•REDUCES SUMMER STRESS •COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER TECHNICAL MATERIALS
Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26% Derived From: phosphorous acid, potassium hydroxide. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.49 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.3 - 7.8 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.25 lbs. potassium Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.39 kg potassium (Mono- and Di-Potassium Salts of Phosphorous Acid) CAS# 13977-65-6, CAS# 13492-26-7
“TKO” Phosphite™ (0-0-26) is a highly concentrated P/K nutrient solution containing mono- and di-potassium salts of phosphorous acid. This clear solution is highly soluble and is rapidly absorbed into the plant tissue. It can be absorbed either through leaf tissue or roots, quickly correcting deficiencies and improving plant growth and vigor. Phosphite nutrients are known to improve turf quality and over all plant growth. “TKO” Phosphite can be used as soil and / or foliar application. Phosphorus is second only in importance to nitrogen and is known to play a key role in photosynthesis and root development.
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Foliar Spray Recommendations
Turf Applications: Phosphite Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Application Rate Frequency / Notes Warm & Cool 3-5 fl oz in a minimum of Repeat Every 14-30 days Season Turf 2 gal water per 1,000 ft2 during active growing Applications (88-147 ml per 100 m2) season Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water) Outside Repeat the application Nursery & Continuous Feed: 6 oz every 30 days or as Tree Farm, per 100 gallons of water needed. Apply after Field Grown (45 ml per 100 L water) transplanting Applications Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375-500 ml per 100 gallons water) Transplanting: Mix 3 oz Soak plug tray or foliar in 2.5 gallons of water spray after transplanting (88 ml in 10 L water) Propagation: 1 oz in 2.5 Apply at 2nd leaf stage, Greenhouse gallons of water and then every 10-14 Foliar Spray (30 ml in 10 L water) day intervals Only Maintenance: .3 - 1 Apply at 10-14 day ounce in 2.5 gallons of intervals to supplement water (9-30 ml in 10 L nutrient requirements water) 1-2 quarts per acre Apply after ferns are Ferns (2.3 - 4.6 liters per developed.Repeat every hectare) 30 days
Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Phosphite Potassium Rate 4 oz 1/10 lb. K 140 ml 0.54 Kg K 9 oz 1/5 lb. K 280 ml 0.1 Kg K 11 oz 1/4 lb. K 337 ml 0.13 Kg K 18 oz .45 lb. K 560 ml 0.22 Kg K
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Caution: Do not apply together with copper containing products. Avoid application of copper containing products 20 days prior to the application of “TKO” Phosphite and for 10 days after the application of “TKO” Phosphite . Do not use surfactants or adjuvants with this product. Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. “TKO” Phosphite 0-0-26 has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Mixing: High quality buffers allow “TKO” Phosphite 0-0-26 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. Always use a jar test before mixing chemicals in your tank. The following mixing procedures should be used after “TKO” Phosphite 029-26 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
19
www.GrowthProducts.com
NITRO-22 + SULFUR
WITH
40% SMART NITROGEN & 4% SULFUR
• ECONOMICAL NITROGEN SOURCE • READILY AVAILABLE SULFUR
•CORRECTS SOIL ALKALINITY •BENEFITS OF SRN- THE SMART NITROGEN™
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
mixing and application equipment must be cleaned. Carefully observe all cleaning directions on the pesticide and fertilizer label. Fill the sprayer or mix tank at least half full with water and begin agitation. Add pesticides and/or fertilizers as directed by labeling or in the following sequence: 1. Dry flowables or water dispersible granules, 2. Wettable powders, 3. Flowables, 4. Emmulsifiable concentrates, 5. W a t e r based solutions, 6. Compatibility agents, 7. Micronutrients and Fertilizers, 8. Spray adjuvants
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22% 3.5% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 10.5% Urea Nitrogen 8.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Ammonium sulfate, Ammonium carbonate. *40% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea
Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.34 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.24 Kg 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2 lbs. N 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.41 kg N pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 Salt Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Application
Foliar Turf Applications Rate
Apply 1 – 2 gallons per acre (3 – 6 oz. per Fairways, 1,000 sq. ft.) every 14 to 28 days during active Roughs, Sports growth period. Apply in a minimum of 87 gallons Turf, Sod and of water per acre (minimum of 2 gallons of water Lawns per 1,000 sq. ft).
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Nitro-22 combines the benefits of slow release nitrogen with cost -effect economics of ammonium sulfate. It provides quick absorption by the plant resulting in greener turf, even at low soil temperatures. Use when a liquid type of ammoniacal nitrogen source and sulfur is required. Nitro-22 has a neutral to slightly basic (7.5-8) pH and is a clear liquid solution, containing 22% nitrogen and 4% sulfur. It is compatible with most liquid fertilizer materials. Nitrogen and sulfur are important components of proteins. Sulfur deficiency can affect the plant’s ability to utilize nitrogen for protein synthesis. When applied to soils, ammonium sulfate decomposes quickly in the soil to give sulfate sulfur (SO4-2). This sulfur is immediately available for plant uptake, whereas elemental sulfur (S) must undergo oxidation for longer term release. The advantage of Nitro-22 is that the sulfur needed for plant growth becomes available over several weeks. The sulfur in Nitro-22 will help reduce the pH of soils that are too alkaline.
Fertigation
Apply 1 – 2 gallons per acre (3 – 6 oz. per 1,000 sq. ft.) with the irrigation water. Repeat as needed every 14 days during active growth period.
Nitro-22 Pounds of Nutrients per Liquid Ounce
Apply at desired Nitrogen/Sulfur Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Nitro-22 Nitrogen Sulfur 1 7.3 oz /8 lb. N .02 lb. S 215 ml .06 Kg N 9 grams S 1 15 oz /4 lb. N .03 lb. S 429 ml .11 Kg N 14 grams S 1 19 oz /3 lb. N .05 lb. S 566 ml .15 Kg N 23grams S 1 29 oz /2 lb. N .07 lb. S 858 ml .23 Kg N 32 grams S 2 38 oz /3 lb. N .09 lb. S 1.1 L .3 Kg N 41 grams S
APPLICATION PRECAUTIONS :
Do not apply Nitro-22 directly on or below germinating seeds such as in a “pop up” fertilizer. Dry soil condition and/or combination with other starter fertilizers may damage germination. Always irrigate with sufficient water to reduce the possibility of fertilizer injury. Avoid application during mid day when temperatures are high. Do not mix Nitro-22 with acids or other acidic materials below a pH of 6. Prior to any fertilizer or pesticide application, all spray
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
20
www.GrowthProducts.com
RECOVER RX™ (3-18-18)
RX FOLIAR FORMULATION WITH SALICYLIC ACID
AND
A UNIQUE BLEND OF PHOSPHORUS SOURCES
• 8 OZ OF SALICYLIC ACID IN EVERY GALLON • IMPORTANT FOR PLANT GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT
• HELPS BRING TREES OUT OF STRESS & DECLINE • HELPS PLANT REJUVENATE FROM DAMAGE
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2
Total Nitrogen(N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% 3% Ammonical Nitrogen Available Phosphoric Acid (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18% Water Soluble Potash (K20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18% Weight Per Gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.8 (1.14 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Derived from: Polyammonium phosphate, phosphoric acid, potassium hydroxide, monopotassium phosphate, Dipotassium Phosphate DKP.
Quantity Recover RX 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 100 oz 1.5 gal 3 gal 100 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 150 1.5 gal 3 gal 6 gal 300 3 gal 6 gal 12 gal 600 6 gal 12 gal 24 gal 1000 10 gal 20 gal 40 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1 /2 -2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees Tank Size in Gallons
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
0.5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salicylic Acid Derived From : Salicylic Acid
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Recover RX 3-18-18 is a highly soluble foliar, low salt index formulation developed to supplement standard soil fertility practice. It also provides a full 8 oz of Salicylic Acid in every gallon. Recover RX is designed to be used in concert with soil and tissue tests and professional recommendations to manage the nutrient levels and nutrient balance. All Field Crops or Direct Seeded Crops: Recover RX placed immediately under the seed can speed early growth and strengthen young plants. Apply 1 to 3 gallons per acre banded in the seed bed not in direct contact with seed. On light textured or sandy soils (CEC 20 or below) use 1 to 2 gallons per acre. Do not apply directly under seed on cotton. Do not apply to soils with inadequate moisture for germination unless seeds will be irrigated. Warning: Application to soils with in adequate moisture may result in germination problems. Early Applications for Seeded Crops: Applications of Recover RX early in the plant’s life can encourage earlier development, increased growth, vigor and resistance. Recover RX may effectively be applied at the first to second true leaf stage as a directed spray to the small plant. When spraying young plants, use ground application equipment and use “sprayed acres” to determine amounts of spray to be applied.
Foliar Spray Recommendations
Application Rate Frequency / Notes Warm & Cool 3-5 fl oz in a minimum of Repeat Every 14-30 days Season Turf 2 gal water per 1,000 FT2 during active growing Applications (88-147 ml per 100 m2) season Foliar Spray: 2.5 pint per 100 gallons water or 2 pints per acre (295 ml per 100 L water) Outside Repeat the application Nursery & Continuous Feed: 6 oz every 30 days or as Tree Farm, per 100 gallons of water needed. Apply after Field Grown (45 ml per 100 L water) transplanting Applications Soil Application: 3-4 pints per 100 gallons water (375-500 ml per 100 gallons water) Transplanting: Mix 3 oz in Soak plug tray or foliar 2.5 gallons of water (88 spray after transplanting ml in 10 L water) Propagation: 1 oz in 2.5 Apply at 2nd leaf stage, Greenhouse gallons of water and then every 10-14 Foliar Spray (30 ml in 10 L water) day intervals Only Maintenance: .3 - 1 Apply at 10-14 day ounce in 2.5 gallons of intervals to supplement water (9-30 ml in 10 L nutrient requirements water)
Tree Care DBH Method
Lb. P / K per Inch DBH Recover RX per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 1.75 gallons 1/12 2.5 gallon 1/6 3.5 gallons Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 41/2 feet above ground level
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Manufactured on the USA By:
10603 (800) 648-7626
21
www.GrowthProducts.com
ARBOR CARE 15-8-4 • NO CLOGGING, ABRASION OR MIXING • A TRUE SOLUTION FOR ROOT INJECTION
With 40% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN Plus MICRONUTRIENTS • SAFE! NO PHYTOTOXICITY • IDEAL FOR EVERGREENS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
of 2 - 3 gal. of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Foliar Rates: Mix 1 oz. of Arbor Care in 1 gallon of water and spray until runoff.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 8.0% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 6.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05%Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Monoammonium Phosphate, Copper EDTA, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Zinc EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA *40% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon (Liter). . . . . . . . . . . . .. .10.67 lbs. (1.27 kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 lbs nitrogen
Tree Care DBH Method
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 15-8-4 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 (.05 lb) 1 gal 1/10 (0.10 lb) 2 gal Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level
Application Rate at 31 Gallons Tank Mix
Quantity of 15-8-4 Per 1,000 FT2 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 100 gal 1 gal 2 gal 150 gal 1.5 gal 3 gal 300 gal 3 gal 6 gal 600 gal 6 gal 12 gal 1000 gal 10 gal 20 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1 /2 - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees Tank Size
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Arbor Care 15-8-4 with micros is made from only the highest quality N-P-K sources and micros. Arbor Care provides a continuous steady source of slow release nitrogen from methylene diurea (MDU) along with soluble, non-chloride potassium. The N release period, when used for deep root injection, extends 3 to 6 months depending on the soil and climate conditions. There is no danger of phytotoxicity. Arbor Care is a TRUE SOLUTION, ideal for foliar spray application and soil injection for trees and ornamentals. No special agitation is needed. Arbor Care is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application. Arbor Care has an extremely low salt index.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. Arbor Care has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Mixing: Arbor Care must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. High quality buffers allow Arbor Care to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Arbor Care has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables. 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Tree & Ornamentals: Arbor Care is ideal for soil injection with both deciduous and evergreen trees.
ROOT INJECTION RATES :
Arbor Care should be injected into the top 4" to 8" inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 4 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance beyond the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft to a depth of 4"-8" inches. A minimum
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
22
www.GrowthProducts.com
AUTUMN CARE 6-12-12
With 40% SMART N, FE, MN , SUGARS AND ENZYMES • NO AGITATION REQUIRED, NONABRASIVE • IMPROVES WINTER HARDINESS
• BOOSTS CARBOHYDRATE STORAGE • IDEAL FOR LOW VOLUME INJECTION
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
tion. It provides 40% slow release nitrogen that will not leach below feeder roots. No special agitation is required. Autumn Care is not abrasive. Inject no lower than 8" with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. Apply 2 - 3 gallons of tank mix per inch of trunk diameter.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 2.6% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 2.4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% 1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3% 0.3% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Ammonium Polyphosphate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA. Chelating Agent: EDTA *2.4% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea.
Tree Care DBH Method
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 6-12-12 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 (0.05 lb) 2.5 gallons 1/28 (0.035 lb) 1.75 gallons Apply 2 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 41/2 feet above ground level
Application Rate at 31 Gal Tank Mix per 1,000 FT2
Quantity 6-12-12 1/3 lb N 1/2 lb N Tank Size in Gallons 2/3 lb P 1 lb P 2/3 lb K 1 lb K 100 1.75 gal 2.5 gal 150 2.63 gal 3.75 gal 300 5.25 gal 7.5 gal 600 10.5 gal 15 gal 1000 17.5 gal 25 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1 /2 -2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees
A LSO C ONTAINS NON -P LANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glucose (Polysaccharide) 0.05% . . . . . . . .Enzymes (Protease, Amylase, Cellulase) Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.48 lbs Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.62 lbs nitrogen 1 Liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.58 Kg nitrogen
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Autumn Care 6-12-12 is now improved with added sugars, iron, manganese, and vital enzymes to improve stress tolerance, winter hardiness and increase carbohydrate storage. Phosphorus and potassium are critical in fall applications of trees, ornamentals and vines. Autumn Care contains 40% slow release nitrogen (MDU - methylene diurea) from Growth Products exclusive Nitro30 SRN. Safe and reliable with an extremely low salt index for delicate roots. Provides excellent residual N release, does not leach and will remain in the soil for spring uptake. Our potassium is a soluble, non-chloride source. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feeding and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Autumn Care will not settle out of solution and needs no special agitation. It is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment with a near neutral pH. Autumn Care is ideal for IPM units since it is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides. Can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Autumn Care can be stored in normal warehouse areas and is not affected by freezing temperatures. Autumn Care has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Dilution: Autumn Care can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water, or the water to the concentrate. Water should be added prior to adding pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Autumn Care to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Autumn Care has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Trees & Ornamentals: Apply from fall through early winter to all trees, ornamentals and vines. A true solution, ideal for root injec-
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
23
www.GrowthProducts.com
K-BUILDER 7-2-21
• EASY TO HANDLE • LOW SALT INDEX
AND
STORE
LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN • IMPROVES WINTER HARDINESS • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
K-Builder Potassium/Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7% 3.5% Urea Nitrogen 3.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Polyammonium Phosphate *50% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.88 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.42 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-12
Apply at desired Potassium Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) K-Builder Potassium Rate Nitrogen Rate 7 oz 1/8 lb. K 1/25 lb. N 211 ml 0.06 Kg K 0.02 Kg N 13 oz 1/4 lb. K 1/12 lb. N 422 ml 0.12 Kg K 0.04 Kg N 16 oz 1/3 lb. K 1/10 lb. N 506 ml 0.15 Kg K 0.05 Kg N 27 oz 1/2 lb. K 1/6 lb. N 844 ml 0.24 Kg K 0.08 Kg N
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
K-Builder 7-2-21 is a high potassium source fertilizer made from only the highest quality N-P-K sources. K-Builder is formulated for year-round fertilization and provides an ideal ratio of potash to nitrogen to improve stress tolerance from traffic, drought and winter. All nutrients are in an available form for the plant’s immediate uptake, so less can be applied. There is no lag time or delay needed for product breakdown. Since all Growth Products fertilizers and micronutrients are true solutions, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feeding and root injection for trees and ornamentals. K-Builder is non-clogging and non abrasive to equipment. K-Builder is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
Application
Rate Notes Apply 7-13 oz in 2-5 Apply every 21-30 days Boost Potassium gallons of water per throughout growing 2 Levels 1,000 FT season 2 (211-422 ml per m ) Resolve Tissue Follow directions Repeat as directed until and/or Soil supplied with tissue or tissue / soil results reach Deficiencies lab analysis report desired level Apply 7-13 oz in 2-5 Begin applications in Fall gallons of water per fall. Apply every 2-4 Applications to 1,000 FT2 weeks for a total of 3-6 Strengthen Turf applications (211-422 ml per m2)
SUGGESTED USES :
Growth Products’ K-Builder 7-2-21 liquid fertilizer assures you of a safe and uniform source of nutrients for special turf applications because of its low salt index and liquid application. KBuilder liquid blend is ideally suited for year round and fall applications to boost potassium levels. No special agitation is needed.When temperatures rise above 85o (29o C), use a minimum of 2 gallons of water per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2).
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Freezing does not affect the performance of this product. Ice crystals can form below 32° F, but will melt when K-Builder is restored to room temperature after several hours, or is diluted with water. K-Builder is not corrosive or abrasive. This product has a strong ammonia smell, which is normal. Mixing: K-Builder must be first diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. When adding acidic materials first dilute with water and then slowly add acidic materials. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Add products to mix in this order: 1. Wettable powders 2. Flowables. 3. Water solubles 4. Surfactants 5. Emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. It is recommended to apply all of the mixture in one day.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Since K-Builder contains a 100% soluble form of potassium, apply at lower rates than granular products. Growth Products' K-Builder liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Dilute with water according to desired potassium rate per 1,000 square feet. (See chart for potassium per liquid ounce) Tees & Greens: Apply on tees and greens using desired K rate per 1,000 sq. ft. with a spray unit applying no less than 1.5 gal. of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. K-Builder is compatible with most technical products.
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Spray Applications
10603 (800) 648-7626
24
www.GrowthProducts.com
PALM PRO 12-4-12
FOR ALL TROPICAL LANDSCAPE PLANTS & TURF
With 60%SRN +MG, MN, FE, CU, ZN, B, PLUS HUMIC ACID And SUGARS •FOR USE ON ALL PALMS •WITH MG, MN & ORGANICS PALMS NEED
•FEEDS SMART N FOR THREE TO FOUR MONTHS •100% CHELATED MICROS FOR FAST RESULTS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% 2.8% Urea Nitrogen 2% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 7.2% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.005% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03% 0.03% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1% 1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn)
Application
Rate
Notes
Inject 1 qt mix per Soil Injection: Mix 1 gal injection hole under canopy. Keep 2’-4’ Palm Pro in 100 gal away from trunk. Apply water. Established Palms 2-4 times per year. Landscape Areas & Transplant Foliar Feeding: 1 oz in Palms 1 gal water. For larger Spray to run off. Apply sprays mix 3/4 gal in 2-4 times per year. 100 gal water Containerized and Foliar Spray: 1 gallon Field Grown per 100 gal of water Crops, (including (78- in 100 L water) but not limited to): Rate per gallon: 2½ Deciduous and 5 oz per gal water Evergreen Trees, Foliage, Orna- Injector Ratio: 10 fl oz mental Grasses, per gallon of stock tank Perennials, water. Set injector ratio Tropicals, Woody at 1:100 Ornamentals (78 ml per liter)
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
2% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monosaccharides/Polysaccharides 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Ammonium Polyphosphate, Potassium Humate, Simple/complex Sugars, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Magnesium EDTA, Zinc EDTA, Copper EDTA, Boric Acid. Chelating Agent: EDTA *7.2% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 lbs.(1.31 Kg) pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 lbs nitrogen
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Palm Pro 12 -4-12 can be used on all palm varieties. Many palm species that are not native have special fertility needs and are more susceptible to developing nutrient deficiencies and diseases. Palm Pro can be used for a low water volume palm program as recommended for urban plantings where paved areas make it difficult to apply large volumes of water. Palm Pro has been formulated and tested for low salts so that it will not injure palms. This program utilizes five times less water than a standard program. Be sure to follow all mixing instruction carefully. Established Palms: The vast majority of palms planted are planted in sandy soils, which have a very low cation capacity and tend to quickly leach nutrients. Established palms require fertilization a minimum of twice per year, ideally four times per year. Palm Pro has an ideal ratio of nitrogen to potassium, which is essential for healthy palms. Palm Pro contains 60% slow release nitrogen, which is important to maintain a continuous feed of nitrogen.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Palm Program
Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. Apply every 2-4 weeks. Apply monthly or as needed to supplement nutritional requirements.
Soil injection for urban Low Water areas: Mix 1/2 gal Palm Volume Program Pro in 40 gals water.
This programs allows you to do a greater number of trees with less water.
All Types of Warm Mix 8 fluid ounces per and Cool Season 1,000 square feet. Grasses
Apply every 14-28 days.
Interiorscape
Hand watering: 1 oz in 1 gal water.
Drench pot or planter. Fertilize 4 - 6 times per year.
Soil Injection: Begin root injection approximately 2-4 ft. away from trunk. Fertilizer under entire canopy in grid pattern. Inject to a depth of 6” – 8” for trees. Inject at a rate of 1 qt. of tank mix per injection site.
10603 (800) 648-7626
25
www.GrowthProducts.com
Transplant Fertilization: Drench the root ball and soil where planting the palm with Palm Pro. Palms do not like heavy muck or clay soils and soon become water logged. Palm Pro contains humic acid and yucca which will help loosen the clay structure and allow more drainage. Foliar Fertilization: Palm Pro can be used as a foliar supplemental program for normal soil fertilization. Foliar applications will correct deficiencies, however, soil fertilization will provide more long lasting results.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Freezing does not affect the performance of this product. Ice crystals can form below 32째 F, but will melt when Palm Pro is restored to room temperature after several hours, or is diluted with water. Palm Pro is not corrosive or abrasive. This product has a strong ammonia smell, which is normal. Mixing: Palm Pro must be first diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. When adding acidic materials first dilute with water and then slowly add acidic materials. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. Add products to mix in this order: 1. Wettable powders 2. Flowables. 3. Water solubles 4. Surfactants 5. Emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. It is recommended to apply all of the mixture in one day.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
26
www.GrowthProducts.com
STARTER PLUS BLOOMTASTIC 8-32-5
LIQUID FERTILIZER SOLUTION With 50% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN PLUS MICROS
• FOR NEWLY SEEDED AREAS • NO AGITATION NEEDED
• PROMOTES ROOTING • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Turf Applications: 8-32-5 Phosphorus Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8% 1% Urea Nitrogen 3% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 4% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% Boron (B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.1% 0.1% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0005% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% 0.05% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Polyammonium Phosphate, Phosphoric Acid, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Zinc EDTA, Copper EDTA, Sodium Molybdenum, Boric Acid. Chelating Agent: EDTA *5% slowly available nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58 lbs Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.26 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7 Potential acidity equivalent to 746 lbs. Calcium Carbonate per ton
Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 8-32-5
Phosphorus Rate
15 oz 368 ml
1/3 lb. P 0.15 Kg P
11 oz 245 ml 22 oz 490 ml
1/4 lb. P 0.12 Kg P 1/2 lb. P 0.24 Kg P
Foliar Turf Applications
Application Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Tees & Greens
11 - 22 oz. (325-650 ml)
Overseeding
19 oz. (560 ml)
Hydroseeding
17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml)
Sod
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Lawn Care
Starter Plus 8-32-5 with 50% SRN is a high phosphorus solution, ideal for newly seeded areas. Starter Plus provides a continuous steady source of nitrogen from methylene urea (MDU) along with quickly available nitrogen to promote top growth with limited thatch formation. Both the P and K are readily available to assure good rooting. Starter Plus is ideal for foliar spray applications, hydroseeding and as a soil drench. It is non-clogging and non abrasive to equipment. It is compatible with fungicides, herbicides, and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
17 - 20 oz. (535 - 642 ml) 34 oz. (1L)
Application:
Plant Starter, Seed Start, and Plug Starter Bloom Stimulator
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Store in normal warehouse areas. This product is not affected by freezing temperatures. Starter Plus is slightly acidic. Store in original plastic container. Do not store in mild steel. Mixing: Starter Plus must be first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other pesticides. Be sure to do a jar test. The follow-
Setting Vegetable Plugs into Field Hand Watering
Apply at the time of seeding with no less than 1.5 gal of tank mix.
Apply 9 oz every 14 to 28 days until turf is fully established. Apply Monthly. May be tank mixed with seed and slurry mix Apply Monthly
Apply every 6-8 weeks Rate:
Set injector at 150 PPM of Phosphorus. (30 ml per Liter water at 1:100 ratio)
Foliar Spray: 1 gallon per 100 gallons water. For smaller applications, mix 1 oz per gallon water. (1 L per 100 L water) 1 gallon per 100 gallons water. Apply at time of planting. (1 L per 100 L water)
Mix 1/2 - 3/4 teaspoon 8-32-5 per gal water Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Programs
Frequency
10603 (800) 648-7626
27
www.GrowthProducts.com
ing mixing procedures should be used after Starter Plus has been diluted with water: 1. Wettable products 2. Flowables 3. Water solubles 4. Emulsifiable. Application
Containerized Crops, Woody and Flowering Ornamentals, Foliage, Field-Grown Nursery Stock And Trees
Nursery Applications Rate
Notes
Foliar Spray: 1-2 quarts per 100 gallon of water Thoroughly spray (1-2 L in 100 L water) to point of run-off. Rate per gallon water: Apply every 2-4 1¼-2½ oz weeks. (2½-5 tbs)
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio
1:100
50 PPM Nitrogen 60 PPM Iron 5 PPM Mg, Cu, Mn, Zn
9 oz per gallon of water (266 ml in 4 L water)
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
28
www.GrowthProducts.com
QUICK RESPONSE 20-3-3 With 20% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN
• ECONOMICAL FOR LAWN CARE • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS
• FAST GREEN UP • CONTAINS SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
early spring throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Apply at desired rate with a spray unit applying no less than one gallon per 1,000 sq. ft. When mixing with other products, be sure to check their dilution rates.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% 12.0% Urea Nitrogen 4.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 4.0% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Diammonium Phosphate, Potassium Carbonate. *20% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.57 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Turf Applications 20-3-3 in 100 Gallons of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2
If You Apply 5 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 gal per 1,000 FT2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Quick Response (20-3-3) 20% Slow Release Nitrogen is a general purpose turf fertilizer solution made from the highest quality NP-K sources. Quick Response contains 20% slow release nitrogen (MDU - methylene urea) from Growth Products' exclusive source, Nitro-30 SRN. Both the phosphorus and potassium are soluble and non-chloride sources. This TRUE SOLUTION is ideal for year round application on all varieties of turf grasses and root injection for trees and ornamentals. Quick Response will not clog or cause abrasion to equipment and is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application to save time and labor. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are true solutions, no special agitation is needed.
Application
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 SF2 (100 m2) Frequency 17 - 33 oz Apply every 4-8 Sports Turf (532 ml - 1 L) weeks 17 oz Sod Apply monthly (532 ml) 33 oz Apply every 8 Lawn Care (1 L) weeks 8 - 17 oz Apply every 10-14 Tees & Greens (266 - 532 ml) days 17 oz Fairways/ Roughs Apply monthly (532 ml) Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Quick Response 20-3-3 can be applied from
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Turf Applications: 20-3-3 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. Quick Response has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Dilution: Quick Response can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Quick Response to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Quick Response has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day.
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 20-3-3 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 266 ml 0.06 Kg N 17 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 532 ml 0.12 Kg N 20 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 639 ml 0.14 Kg N 33 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1L 0.24 Kg N 50 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.6 L 0.36 Kg N
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
1/8 lb N 1/4 lb. N 1/3 lb. N 1/2 lb. N 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 3.4 gal 5.2 gal 1.6 gal 3.3 gal 4.3 gal 6.5 gal 2.2 gal 4.4 gal 5.7 gal 8.7 gal 3.3 gal 6.5 gal 8.6 gal 13 gal
10603 (800) 648-7626
29
www.GrowthProducts.com
IMPR OVED
TRIPLE 12+
12-12-12 LIQUID FERTILIZER With 42% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN AND SALICYLIC ACID • BALANCED NUTRITIONAL SPRAY • ACTIVATE SYSTEMIC ACQUIRED RESISTANCE (SAR)
• SAFE! NO CHLORIDES & LOW SALT INDEX • CONTAINS 100% SOLUBLE SALICYLIC ACID • FAST FOLIAR UPTAKE
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
sq. ft. (114 g to 454 g / 100 m2). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (See chart)
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% 6.9% Urea Nitrogen 5.1% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium hydroxide, Phosphoric Acid *5.1% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea.
TEES & GREENS : Application
Cool & Warm Season Grasses Newly Established Lawns/ Overseeding Lawn Care
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
0.1% ……………………………… Salicylic acid Weight per gallon: ..............................................11.16 lbs Weight per liter .....................................................1.34 Kg pH .............................................................................9.5
Pastures
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products Triple 12+ (12-12-12) with 42% Slow Release Nitrogen is a perfect balance of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium. Triple 12 is made from only the highest quality technical and food grade sources. Growth Products Triple 12 product contains 42% Slow Release Nitrogen (MDU - methylene urea) exclusively from Nitro-30 SRN. This form of nitrogen provides a continuous, steady source of nitrogen that will eliminate dips in the feeding cycle. Triple 12 also provides Salicylic Acid, the active ingredient in aspirin, which triggers the plants systemic acquired resistance (SAR). Research has shown that spraying this naturally occurring compound onto plants triggers the plant’s natural defenses. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE LIQUID SOLUTIONS they are ideal for spray applications for turf, as well as foliar feeding and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Triple 12 WILL NOT SETTLE OUT OF SOLUTION. No special agitation is needed. Triple 12 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides, and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
Notes
Apply every 7 - 28 days
Apply just after seeding.
Apply every 4 - 6 weeks Apply every 2 months.
Turf Applications: Triple 12 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 12-12-12 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 10 oz 1/10 lb. N Weekly release rate 318 ml 0.05 Kg N 12 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 382 ml 0.06 Kg N 25 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 796 ml 0.12 Kg N 30 oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 955 ml 0.14 Kg N 50 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 1.5 L 0.24 Kg N
Turf Applications Triple 12 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
SUGGESTED USES :
Growth Products Triple 12 Liquid Fertilizer provides you with a safe, reliable and uniform release of nutrients for all special turf applications, including those for bentgrass or rye overseeding. Triple 12 is made specifically for use in fertigation systems. Triple 12 is ideally suited for root injection of trees and shrubs, or for foliar spray applications.
If You Apply
4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
General Turf Applications: Growth Products Triple 12 can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can be started in early spring and continued through late fall at rates of 1/4 lb. N to 1 lb. N per 1,000
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Turf Programs
Rate / 1000 ft2 (100 m2) 10 - 25 oz (318 -796 ml) 25 oz (796 ml) 25 - 30 oz 3.3 gal per acre (31 L / Ha)
10603 (800) 648-7626
30
1/10 lb N (.05 Kg N) 1.9 gal 8.58 L 2.5 gal 12.9 L 3.9 gal 17.1 L 7.7 gal 32.2 L
1/8 lb. N (.06 Kg N) 2.4 gal 10.3 L 3.3 gal 15.5 L 4.8 gal 18.3 L 9.6 gal 38.7 L
1/4 lb. N (.12 Kg N) 4.8 gal 20.6 L 6.5 gal 31 L 9.6 gal 36.6 L 19.4 gal 77.5 L
www.GrowthProducts.com
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 6.4 gal 27.5 L 8.5 gal 41.3 L 12.7 gal 48.4 L 25.5 gal 103 L
off. DBH Method: 1/18 lb. per inch will apply 1.1 lbs. of nitrogen to an average DBH of 20 inches, 1/6 lb. per inch will apply 3.3 lbs. of nitrogen to the same diameter tree.
Apply on greens and tees at desired rate (1/10 lb. N to 1/8 lb. N) with a spray unit applying no less than 1 1/2 gallon of mix per 1,000 sq. ft. Triple 12 is compatible with most technical turf products. When mixing with other products be sure to check their dilution rates. Apply every 7 to 21 days or apply along with a summer disease program.
Greenhouse & Outdoor Plant Care
LANDSCAPED BEDS :
Plant Type
Annuals, Perennials and Ornamentals: Triple 12 provides an ideal 1:1:1 ratio for a broad variety of bedding plants. Apply Triple 12 in early spring, or at the time of planting, and repeat application every month. For small areas, mix 3 fluid oz. (6 tablespoons) in a gallon of water and drench soil around plants until runoff. For larger areas, use a reel sprayer at a rate of 1 qt (32 oz.) plus 11 gallons of water. Triple 12 can be applied using a hose-end sprayer, backpack sprayer, or watering can. Triple 12 does not contain chlorides or salts, which often cause leaf and root burn to delicate annuals.
Annuals, Perennials Herbs & Vegetables
Greenhouse Bench, Bed, Trays or Containerized Plants
ROOT & GROUND APPLICATION RATES :
Trees & Ornamentals: Triple 12 is a true solution, does not need agitation, is non-abrasive, and can be used in IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" to 10" of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 1/2 ft. from tree trunk and
1:100
Quantity 12-12-12 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 48 oz 96 oz 1.45 gal 100 63 oz 116 oz 1.9 gal 150 96 oz 1.45 gal 2.9 gal 200 1.45 gal 2.9 gal 5.8 gal 300 2.2 gal 4.5 gal 9.1 gal 600 2.9 gal 5.8 gal 11.6 gal 1000 5 gal 10 gal 20 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1 /2 - 2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees
100 PPM Nitrogen
Mix 8.3 oz in 1 gal water & set injector. (65 ml in 1 L water)
Nursery / Landscape Applications
Application
Rate
Notes
Hand Watering
0.8-1.6 oz per gal water
Saturate Soil - Apply Every 2-4 weeks
Containerized Crops, Foliar Spray: 3 Thoroughly spray to Woody & Flowering Quarts per 100 gal point of run-off. Ornamentals, Foliage, of water Apply every 2-4 Field-Grown Nursery (750 ml in 100 L weeks. Stock And Trees water)
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. Triple 12 has a neutral pH and is not corrosive. Mixing: Triple 12 must be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. High quality buffers allow Triple 12 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials without detrimental effects. The following mixing procedures should be used after Triple 12 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next technical material. It is recommended to apply all of mixture in one day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank.
Tree Care DBH Method
12-12-12 per 100 Gal of Water 106 fl oz 1.25 gallons 2.5 gallons
Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level
extend two feet beyond drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point. Use with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Foliar Applications: Triple 12 has a low salt index formulation and a neutral pH. It can be used as a foliar applied N-P-K source. Mix 1 gallon Triple 12 in 100 gallons of water and spray to run
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Notes 1 gal of mix will treat 2.5 oz per 1 gal of 10 sq. ft. Drench soil area around planted water area. (20 ml per Liter water) Repeat every 30 days. 0.83 oz per 1 gal 1 gal of mix will treat water 10 sq ft. (6 ml per Liter water) 0.6 oz per 1 gal of Drench until soil is water saturated. (5 ml per Liter water)
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio
Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 1/18 1/12 1/6
Rate
10603 (800) 648-7626
31
www.GrowthProducts.com
0-0-25
LIQUID POTASSIUM SOLUTION • NO CHLORIDES / LOW SALT INDEX • IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE POTASSIUM
• IMPROVES STRESS TOLERANCE • FOLIAR AND ROOT UPTAKE
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Mixing: Liquid Potassium must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. Liquid Potassium is an alkaline material with a pH of 11.5 and should not be added as a concentrate to highly acidic materials. When using a phosphorus source such as 0-30-0 always first dilute with appropriate amounts of water. Add Liquid Potassium to the tank mix slowly while continuously mixing. A small amount of effervescence will occur. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Liquid Potassium has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.
Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25% Derived From: Potassium Carbonate Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 lb potassium Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.33 kg potassium
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products Liquid Potassium (0-0-25) is a concentrate potassium fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality technical grade potassium carbonate. Liquid Potassium provides you with 100% soluble potassium for immediate plant and turf uptake through both foliar and root feeding. Liquid Potassium can be applied throughout the growing season to correct potassium deficiencies quickly. As a fall fertilization product, it provides the maximum amount of potash in solution, and will help to improve stress tolerance from drought, winter and traffic. Since all nutrients are in a soluble form, turf can respond within a few days of applications. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS no special agitation is needed.
Foliar Turf Applications:
Application Rate / 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) All Types of Cool and 5 - 14 oz Warm Season Grasses (40-120 ml)
Turf Applications: 0-0-25 Potassium Per Liquid Ounce (ml) Apply in 2-3 gallons of water per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 0-0-25 Potassium Rate 5 oz 1/8 lb. K 149 ml 0.05 Kg K 11 oz 1/4 lb. K 298 ml 0.12 Kg K 15 oz 1/3 lb. K 447 ml 0.15 Kg K 23 oz 1/2 lb. K 596 ml 0.24 Kg K
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Liquid Potassium can be used on warm season, transitional and cool season grass. It can correct potassium deficiencies caused by poor soil conditions or stress. Use Liquid Potassium throughout the growing season beginning in early spring, and as an additional source of potassium to supplement other fertilization programs. Apply on tees and greens using no less than 1.5 gallons of tank mix per 1,000 ft2 Liquid Potassium is compatible with most other technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank. PH
ADJUSTMENT:
0-0-25 Liquid Potassium
As a pH booster, 0-0-25 will adjust both water pH and soil. It is important to check the pH of any mix prior to use. Each soil mix will have a different buffering capacity (resistance to a change in pH levels). For example, bark is more resistant than other soilless mixes. Be sure to check the pH of your mix after each application. pH Booster can be mixed with other lime or flowable lime products to make their slurry more flowable and increase their performance.
Fluid Ounces of pH Booster per Gallon of Stock PPM Potassium 25 50 75 100 1:300 3 6 9 12 1:200 2 4 6 8 1:100 1 2 3 4 1:50 .50 1 1.5 2 1:15 Ratio for Hozon Proportioner 1:15 0.14 0.29 0.43 0.58
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Liquid Potassium can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Heat or freezing temperatures do not affect it.
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: This is an alkaline material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Frequency Apply every 7-21 days
10603 (800) 648-7626
32
Tank Water 150 200 17 35 12 23 6 12 3 6 0.87
www.GrowthProducts.com
1.16
0-30-0
LIQUID PHOSPHORUS SOLUTION • IMPROVES ROOT GROWTH • HIGH PHOSPHORUS SOURCE
• CORRECTS DEFICIENCIES QUICKLY • BUFFER ACTIVATOR
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Turf Applications: 0-30-0 Phosphorus Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Available Phosphate (P205) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30% Derived From: Technical Grade Phosphoric Acid. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.7 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.16 kg Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 lb phosphorus Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.34 kg phosphorus pH @ 20o C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.5
Apply at desired phosphorus rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 0-30-0
Phosphorus Rate
5 oz 1/8 lb. P 175 ml 60g P 11 oz 1/4 lb. P 350 ml 120g P 13 oz 1/3 lb. P 400 ml 150g P 22 oz 1/2 lb. P 700 ml 240g P 33 oz 3/4 lb. P 1L 360g P water to tank first. Then add phosphorus. Mix well. Add liquid potassium source slowly to tank mix while mixing. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Liquid Phosphorus has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. This is an acidic product. Do not mix with copper based fungicides.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products Liquid Phosphorus (0-30-0) is a concentrate Phosphorus solution made from the highest quality raw material. Liquid Phosphorus is a 100% soluble form of P2O5 that will quickly correct phosphorus deficiencies. This provides the maximum amount of P2O5 in solution readily available for immediate uptake. There is no lag time or delay needed for product breakdown. Since all Growth Products fertilizers are TRUE SOLUTIONS they are ideal for applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection for trees and ornamentals. It is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed since all Growth Products fertilizers are completely miscible in water.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Liquid Phosphorus can be used during the entire growing season on warm season, transitional and cool season grasses. It can be used in conjunction with a standard fertilization program to correct phosphorus deficiencies.
BUFFER ACTIVATOR:
As an additive, Liquid Phosphorus is effective where only buffering of a tank mix is needed. It lowers pH of pesticide solutions to a more effective level of acidity and aids in preventing decomposition of certain alkaline sensitive pesticides due to hydrolyzation. Add 4 to 6 oz. per 100 gallons of spray solution as a buffer activator, or until desired pH solution is achieved.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Liquid Phosphorus can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Heat or freezing temperatures do not affect it. Liquid Phosphorus is corrosive and should be stored in plastic containers, not metal. Mixing: Liquid Phosphorus is acidic. It must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. Liquid Phosphorus should not be added in concentrate to highly alkaline materials. Care should be taken when mixing Liquid Phosphorus with a liquid potassium such as 0-0-25. Always add
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: This is an acidic material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
33
www.GrowthProducts.com
18-6-12
With 60% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN FROM NITRO-30® • NO NITRATES / NO CHLORIDES • TANK MIX COMPATIBLE
• NON LEACHING • LOW SALT INDEX / REDUCE SALT BUILD-UP
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
week intervals, (or as needed). Dilute with water according to desired nitrogen rate per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2). (See dilution chart for application rates.)
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18% 6.2% Urea Nitrogen 1.0% Ammoniacal Nitrogen 10.8% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12% Derived From: Urea, Methylene Urea, Potassium Carbonate, Monoammonium Phosphate, Phosphoric Acid, *60% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.8 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.29 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 lbs nitrogen 1 liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.22 kg nitrogen
Application
Frequency
Every 7-14 days Apply monthly
Apply every 6-8 weeks
Turf Applications: 18-6-12 Nitrogen Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Growth Products 18-6-12 with 60% Slow Release Nitrogen is a professional liquid fertilizer solution made from only the highest quality N-P-K raw materials to assure a safe, reliable and efficient product. 18-6-12 provides a balance of quick release nitrogen for initial green up and 60% slow release nitrogen for a continuous steady feeding. 18-6-12 contains methylene urea from Nitro30 (MDU), which resists leaching and provides a release over 812 weeks. The phosphorus and potassium are readily available for both foliar and root uptake. The K is a non chloride source. 18-6-12 provides fast green up without producing flush growth. Since all Growth Products are TRUE CLEAR SOLUTIONS, they are ideal for spray applications for turf, foliar feed and root injection of trees and ornamentals. Growth Products solutions are nonclogging and non-abrasive to equipment. No special agitation is needed. 18-6-12 does not contain any nitrates, and avoids nitrate leaching.18-6-12 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application.
Apply at desired Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 18-6-12 Nitrogen Rate Application Timing 6 oz 1/10 lb. N Apply weekly 192 ml 0.05 Kg N 8 oz 1/8 lb. N 2 weeks release rate 240 ml 0.06 Kg N 15 oz 1/4 lb. N 4 weeks release rate 480 ml 0.12 Kg N 20oz 1/3 lb. N 6 weeks release rate 600 ml 0.14 Kg N 30 oz 1/2 lb. N 8 weeks release rate 959 ml 0.24 Kg N 46 oz 3/4 lb.N 10 weeks release rate 1.4 L 0.36 Kg N
Turf Applications 18-6-12 in 100 Gallons (400 L) of Tank Mix Nitrogen Rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
SUGGESTED USES :
Growth Products 18-6-12 liquid fertilizer is recommended for all turf grass applications, including Bentgrass, Rye, Fescue and warm season grass. 18-6-12 can be safely used on Rye overseeded areas. 18-6-12 is ideal for both foliar spray and soil injection of trees and shrubs. 18-6-12 is compatible with herbicides, fungicides and insecticides. No special agitation is needed.
If You Apply
4 gal per 1,000 FT2 15 L per 100 m2 3 gal per 1,000 FT2 10 L per 100 m2 2 gal per 1,000 FT2 7.5 L per 100 m2 1 gal per 1,000 FT2 4 L per 100 m2
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
General Turf Applications: Growth Products 18-6-12 liquid fertilizer can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Application can begin in early spring and continue through fall at rates of 1/4 lb. to 3/4 lb. N (121 ml to 1.4 L) per 1,000 sq. ft. (100 m2), every 4-10
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Foliar Turf Applications
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) 6 - 8 oz. Tees & Greens (192 - 240 ml) Fairways, Roughs, 15 - 18 oz. Sports Turf & Sod (480 - 576 ml) 30 oz. Lawn Care (959 ml)
10603 (800) 648-7626
34
1/10 lb N (.05 Kg N) 1.3 gal 5.7 L 1.7 gal 8.6 L 2.6 gal 11.4 L 5 gal 21.4 L
1/8 lb N (.06 Kg N) 1.6 gal 6.8 L 2 gal 10.3 L 3.2 gal 12.2 L 6.4 gal 25.7 L
1/4 lb. N (.12 Kg N) 3.2 gal 13.7 L 4.3 gal 20.6 L 6.4 gal 24.3 L 13 gal 51.4 L
www.GrowthProducts.com
1/3 lb. N (.16 Kg N) 4.2 gal 18.3 L 5.7 gal 27.4 L 8.5 gal 32 L 17 gal 68.5 L
Daily Drip Rate
Tees & Greens: Apply on greens and tees 7 to 9 oz. (1/10 to 1/8 lb. N) per 1,000 sq. ft. with a spray unit applying no less than 12 gal. tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft. This is the recommended rate for Bentgrass greens and tees. 18-6-12 is compatible with most technical turf products. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides in your tank. In Southern areas where Rye overseeding is practiced, use 18-6-12 at a rate of 1/8 to 1/3 lb. nitrogen every 10 to 17 days to assure a steady and continuous source of nutrients.
1:100 Ounces 18-6-12 per gal (4 L) of water
100 PPM N 3.2 oz (100 ml)
Monthly Drench Rates Ounces 18-6-12 per 100 Containers
Container Size
TREE CARE RECOMMENDATIONS :
Root Application Rates: For determining tree fertilization rates, measure the trunk diameter of the tree (DBH) 4 1/2 feet above ground. Growth Products liquid fertilizers should be injected into the top 4 to 8 inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2 - 3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance from the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 5 gallons of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1/2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point.
5â&#x20AC;? Standard 6â&#x20AC;? Standard 1 gallon 2 gallon 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon
Tree Care DBH Method
Low Feeding & Sensitive Crops 2.5 oz 5 oz 7.5 oz 16 oz 28 oz 42 oz 63 oz
Medium Feeding Crops 4 oz 8 oz 12 oz 24 oz 42 oz 63 oz 97 oz
Nursery Foliar Spray Applications
Application Rate Notes Containerized Crops, Thoroughly spray to 1-2 gal per 100 gal of Woody Ornamentals, point of run-off. water Foliage Plants, FieldApply every 2-4 (1-2 L in 100 L water) Grown Trees weeks. 1 1/2 gal per 100 gal Apply monthly. water Thoroughly spray to Palms (1 1/2 L per 100 L water) point of run-off. For Supplemental Feeding: Use between applications of granular coated fertilizer to level off nutrients that are often not available or depleted because of adverse weather conditions. This will extend nutrient availability at the end of feeding cycle to avoid costly hand topdressing. Apply at the end of growing cycle prior to shipment, as a final feed to avoid labor, waste and spillage. For Constant Feed: Use on all nursery stock, potted and containerized plants as both foliar or root feeding.
Lb. Nitrogen per Inch DBH 18-6-12 per 100 Gal of Water 1/18 73 ounces 1/12 110 ounces 1/6 1.75 gallon Apply 5 gallons of tank mix per inch diameter. Always measure diameter at 4 1/2 feet above ground level
Application Rate at 75 Gallons per 1,000 FT2
Quantity 18-6-12 Tank Size in Gallons 1/2 lb N 1 lb N 2 lb N 75 .25 gal .5 gal 1 gal 100 .3 gal .6 gal 1.3 gal 150 .5 gal 1 gal 2 gal 200 .6 gal 1.3 gal 2.6 gal 300 1 gal 2 gal 4 gal 600 2 gal 4 gal 8 gal 1000 3.5 gal 7 gal 14 gal For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Rates of 1 /2 -2 lbs of nitrogen are recommended. Evergreens usually require slightly higher nitrogen than deciduous trees
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by heat or freezing temperatures. 18-6-12 has a neutral pH and is neither corrosive or abrasive. Dilution: 18-6-12 can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added to the tank prior to adding pesticides, fungicides or herbicides. Never mix concentrated materials together without first diluting with water. Mixing: High quality buffers allow 18-6-12 to be blended with acidic or alkaline materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after 18-6-12 has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition before adding next. When mixing technical materials, check each product's mixing instructions. Apply all of mixture the same day.
Trees & Ornamentals: Growth Products liquid fertilizers contain methylene urea, which has an extremely low salt index and resists leaching. 18-6-12 is a true solution and is ideal for root injection and for use through IPM units. Inject no lower than 8" below ground with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. See Injection Application Rate Chart.
NURSERY APPLICATIONS :
18-6-12 is a high quality, concentrated slow release nitrogen/ potassium solution. It is ideal for both supplement feeding and constant feed of nursery stock for both foliar and root uptake. This clear liquid can be injected through fertigation, drip irrigation or overhead sprinkler systems.
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
50 PPM N 1.6 oz (50 ml)
10603 (800) 648-7626
35
www.GrowthProducts.com
Turf and Professional Landscape Use •For Turf and Professional Landscape Use • For Prevention, Control and Suppression of Soil and Foliar Diseases • Activates ISR (Induced Systemic Resistance) in Plants
Active Ingredient: Bacillus subtilis GB03* . . . . . . . .00.03% Other Ingredients: . . . . . . . . . . .99.97% Total: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100.00% *Not less than 5.5 X 1010 Colony Forming Units (CFU) per gallon Guaranteed Analysis: Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . .2% 2% Water Insoluble Nitrogen Available Phosphate (P2O5) . .3% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . .2% ND ROFESSIONAL Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% ANDSCAPEMagnesium SE(Mg) . . . . . . . . . . .0.5%
COMPANION BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE
FOR TURF A
L
P
U
Derived From: Concentrated Fermented Plant Extracts
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN
CAUTION
(See back panel for additional precautionary statements) • • • • If on skin or • clothing • If in eyes
FIRST AID
Hold eye open and rinse slowly and gently with water for 15 – 20 minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present, after the first 5 minutes, then continue rinsing eye. Call a poison control center or doctor for treatment advice. Take off contaminated clothing. Rinse skin immediately with plenty of water for 15 – 20 minutes. Call a poison control center or doctor for treatment advice.
Have the product container or label with you when calling a poison control center or doctor, or going for treatment. You may also contact 1-800-222-1222 for emergency medical treatment information.
Another quality product from: Growth Products, Ltd. 80 Lafayette Ave., White Plains, NY 10603 USA Questions? Call (800) 648-7626 www.growthproducts.com questions@growthproducts.com
36
EPA Registration No. 71065-3 EPA Establishment No. 71065-NY-001 Growth Products® and Companion® are Registered Trademarks of Growth Products, Ltd. Net Contents:
1 Gallon
2.5 Gallon
5 Gallon
Turf and Professional Landscape Use
2-3-2 COMPANION® LIQUID BIOLOGICAL FUNGICIDE PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
Hazard to Humans and Domestic Animals: Caution. Causes moderate eye and skin irritation. Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothing. Wash thoroughly with soap and water after handling and before eating, drinking, chewing gum, using tobacco or using the toilet. Remove and wash contaminated clothing before reuse. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Applicators and other handlers must wear • Long-sleeved shirt and long pants • Waterproof gloves • Shoes plus socks Mixer/loaders and applicators must wear a dust/mist-filtering respirator meeting NIOSH standards of at least N-95, R-95, or P-95. Repeated exposure to high concentrations of microbial proteins can cause allergic sensitization. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for cleaning / maintaining PPE. Keep and wash PPE separately from other laundry. User Safety Recommendations: Users should remove clothing/PPE immediately if pesticide gets inside. Then wash thoroughly and put on clean clothing. Users should remove PPE immediately after handing this product. Wash the outside of gloves before removing. As soon as possible, wash thoroughly and change into clean clothing. Environmental Hazards: Do not apply directly to water, or to areas where surface water is present, or to intertidal areas below the mean highwater mark. Do not contaminate water when cleaning equipment or disposing of equipment washwater.
AGRICULTURAL USE REQUIREMENTS
Use this product only in accordance with its labeling and with the Worker Protection Standard, 40 CFR Part 170. This standard contains requirements for the protection of agricultural workers on farms, forests, nurseries and greenhouses, and handlers of agricultural pesticides. It contains requirements for training, decontamination, notification and emergency assistance. It also contains specific instructions and exceptions pertaining to the statements on this label about Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), notification to workers, and Restricted-Entry Interval. The requirements in this box only apply to the uses of this product that are covered by the Worker Protection Standard. Do not enter or allow worker entry into treated areas during the restricted entry interval (REI). There is a REI of four (4) hours for this product. PPE required for early entry to treated areas (that is permitted under the Worker Protection Standard and that involves contact with anything that has been treated, such as plants, soil or water), is: • Coveralls over long-sleeved shirt and long pants • Waterproof gloves • Shoes plus socks. EXCEPTION: If the product is soil-injected or soil incorporated, the Worker Protection Standard, under certain circumstances, allows workers to enter the treated area if there will be no contact with anything that has been treated.
Non-Agricultural Use Requirements
The requirements in this box apply to uses of this product that are not within the scope of the Worker Protection Standard for agricultural pesticides (40 CFR Part 170). The WPS applies when this product is used to produce agricultural plants on farms, forests, nurseries or greenhouses. Keep unprotected persons out of treated areas until sprays have dried.
GENERAL INFORMATION – TURF AND PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE USE
• Use on Greens, Tees, Fairways and Roughs, Sports Turf, Parks, Cemeteries, (Residential) Lawns, Hydroseeding, Sod Farms and Seed Production Grasses • Use on Annuals, Perennials, Woody Ornamentals, Flowering Shrubs, Tropicals, Palms, Herbs and Fruit and Nut Trees • Use on all Interiorscape Plantings • For Prevention, Control and Suppression of Root and Foliar Diseases • Activates the Plant’s Defense / Immune System (Induced Systemic Resistance [ISR]) • A Rhizosphere Bacterium • Quickly Establishes Beneficial Colonies on Roots and Leaves • Improves Nutrient Uptake • Stimulates Healthier Roots and Accelerates Plant Growth 37
DIRECTIONS OR USE
It is a violation of Federal law to use this product in a manner inconsistent with its labeling. For any requirements specific to your State or Tribe, consult the agency responsible for pesticide regulation. Do not apply this product in a way that will contact workers or other persons, either directly or through drift. Only protected handlers may be in the area during application. Product Description: ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is a broad-spectrum biological fungicide used for the prevention, control, and suppression of a® broad range of important soil borne and foliar diseases. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide contains the active ingredient Bacillus subtilis GB03 for the control of Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola), Brown Patch (Rhizoctonia spp.), Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia), Summer Patch (Magnaporthe poae), Fusarium Patch (Fusarium nivale), Pythium (Pythium spp.) and Root ® Rot (Phytophthora). Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s unique liquid formulation contains Bacillus subtilis GB03 spores that remain stable for ® more than two years. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide's rich organic solution acts as a food source to help the Bacillus subtilis multiply and establish colonies. Bacillus subtilis GB03 is a gram-positive (spore-forming) soil bacterium. ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is most effective when applied ® prior to the onset of disease. Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide in combination and rotation with chemical fungicides to enhance disease control. To insure optimal results in the field, it is important to store, handle, and apply the product in an appropriate manner. Modes of Action: ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide has multiple modes of action in preventing and controlling plant diseases. It produces a broad-spectrum antibiotic (Iturin) that disrupts pathogen cell-wall formation. It is a competitive and fast colonizing rhizosphere bacterium, which occupies the plant’s root hairs preventing the growth and antagonistic effects of soil borne ® pathogens. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is known to stimulate phytohormones, which trigger the plant’s systemic resistance to disease ISR (Induced Systemic Resistance), the defense mechanisms of the plant for prolonged periods of time. It is non-selective to plant materials. PGPR (Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria): ® Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s Bacillus subtilis GB03 is classified as a Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR). PGPR are free-living bacteria that have beneficial effects on plants as they enhance rooting and stimulate growth.
INTEGRATED PEST (DISEASE) MANAGEMENT (IPM)
Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is an important tool in sound dis-® ease management whenever fungicide use is necessary. Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide alone or in combination and / or rotation with chemical fungicides. This will result in reduced susceptibility to disease and overall reduction in the use of chemical fungicides. Consult local agricultural authorities for specific IPM strategies developed for your crop (s) and location. ®
RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT
Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is an important tool to prevent the development of resistant pathogens that often occurs with chemical fungi® cide products. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide’s multiple and unique modes of®action inhibit the pathogen’s ability to develop resistance. Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide in combination with lower rates of chemical fungicide for improved efficacy and /or in rotation with chemical fungicides to reduce chemical applications. ®
MIXING INSTRUCTIONS
Tank Mixing: ® SHAKE WELL before use and before mixing with water. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide must be diluted with water prior to use. It can be used in all commonly used spray and injection equipment. Special care should be taken when tank mixing. Be sure that all tanks have been cleaned before® use. Add water to 3/4 level of the tank. Add specific amount of Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide to the tank. Mix thoroughly. Maintain agitation ® while spraying. DO NOT let stand overnight. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide can be tank mixed and applied with both systemic and contact fungicides as part of a regular growth and maintenance program. ® Compatibility: Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide is compatible with most high quality fertilizers, micronutrients, organic materials, wetting
agents, and surfactants. Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide can also be mixed and applied with Contact and Systemic Fungicides. Do NOT mix with copper based fungicides, concentrated acids such as sulfuric acid, solvents, oxidizing agents or bactericides. Do not mix with products with a pH below 4 or above 9. Be sure to apply all of tank mix solution the same ®
day to assure viability of spores. Observe the most restrictive of the labeling limitations and precautions of all products used in mixtures. Consult® your Growth Products representative for more information on Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide compatibility.
TURF USE SITES
Turf Applications: Use on all cool and warm season turf grass varieties such as Bentgrass, Bluegrass, Bermudagrass (common and hybrid), Fescue, Ryegrass, St. Augustine, Zoyzia, Paspalum and Poa Annua. Use on Greens, Tees, Fairways and Roughs, Sports Turf, Parks, Cemeteries, (Residential) Lawns, Sod Farms, Seed Production Grasses and all ornamental grass varieties. Application Timing: ® Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide throughout the growing season on all types of soils and turfgrass varieties. Apply when ground temperature has reached 45o (7o C) or above and until late fall prior to light frost. Begin applications prior to when environmental conditions are conducive to disease develop and throughout periods of disease and stress. Target Diseases
Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola) Brown Patch (Rhizoctonia spp.) Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia) Summer Patch (Magnaporthe poae) Fusarium Patch (Fusarium nivale) Pythium Blight Pythium Root Rot Pythium Crown Rot (Pythium spp.)
Use Rate (fl. oz. product per 1,000 sq. ft.)
4 – 6 fl. oz.
TURF APPLICATIONS Application Interval
14 – 28 days
Spray Rates
Remarks
Root Diseases: Spray at a rate of 2 - 4 gal (7 Begin applications prior to ½ - 15 liters per 100 m2) of tank mix per 1,000 sq. ft to when conditions are assure soil penetration. conducive to disease development. Continue Foliar Diseases: applications throughout Spray at a rate of 1- 2 gal (4 – periods of disease and 7 ½ liters per 100 m2) of tank stress. mix per 1,000 sq. ft to provide thorough coverage.
TURF ESTABLISHMENT APPLICATIONS FOR PATHOGEN/DISEASE CONTROL Rate Frequency Apply at time of seed germination. Repeat every 14 days 4 - 6 fl. oz. per 1000 sq. ft. (118 mlNew Seeding, Over Seeding, Hydro Seeding during grow-in period. 177 ml per 100 m2) Apply at time of installation and repeat in 14 - 28 days. 4 - 6 fl. oz. per 1000 sq. ft. (118 mlSod Installation Continue during disease and stress period. 177 ml per 100 m2) 1 – 2 gallons Per Acre of Sod Begin applications at time of seeding, plugging, or newly cut Sod Production (10 – 20 Liters per Hectare of sod) ribbons. Continue monthly during disease and stress periods. Application
FOR PROFESSIONAL LANDSCAPE USE
Applications: ® Use Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide on all ornamentals, landscape plants, trees, shrubs, annuals, perennials, ground covers, tropical plants, outdoors and interiorscapes for control of a broad spectrum of plant diseases. Application Timing: ® Apply Companion Liquid Biological Fungicide throughout the growing season on all types of soils, turfgrass, lawns, woody ornamentals, trees, perennials and other landscape and horticultural materials. Apply when ground temperature has reached 45o (7o C) or above and until late fall prior to light frost. Begin applications prior to when environmental conditions are conducive to disease development and throughout periods of disease and stress. Plant Material Target Diseases Product Rate Intervals All Types of Ornamentals, Trees, Shrubs, And Flowering Plants
Annuals Perennials Bedding Plants Ground Covers Potted Flowers Foliage Plants Woody Ornamentals Deciduous Trees & Shrubs Evergreen Trees & Shrubs Tropical Foliage Palms Container Grown Plants
(Indoors, Outdoors, Fields, Landscape areas)
Anthracnose (Colletotrichum graminicola) Stem and Root Rot Aerial blight (Rhizoctonia spp.) (Sclerotinia) Damping off (Fusarium nivale) Pythium Blight Pythium Root Rot Pythium Crown Rot (Pythium spp.) Stem & Root Rot (Phytophthora) Golovinomyces cichoracearum, formerly called Erysiphe cichoracearum Powdery Mildew (Golovinomyces cichoracearum, formerly called Erysiphe cichorcearum)
Soil Drench: 16 to 32 fl. oz. per 100 gallons of water. (1/2 – 1 Liter per 400 Liters water). Thoroughly drench soil around, plug, planting hole, tree canopy, root ball, or container. For smaller volumes mix 1- 2 tsp. per gallon water (5-10 ml per 4 liters water). Foliar Spray: 1 to 2 quarts per 100 gallons water. (1 2 Liters per 400 Liters water). Thoroughly spray foliage until run-off. For smaller volumes mix 2- 4 tsp. per gallon water (10-20 ml per 4 liters water). Interiorscape Plants: 1 tsp. per gallon water. (5 ml per 4 Liters). For larger volumes 1.6 fl. oz. per 10 gallons water. (45 ml per 40 Liters water). Thoroughly drench plants. 38
New Plantings and Transplants: Apply at time of planting to prevent disease. Reapply 14 – 28 days through growing season. Established Plantings: Apply prior to disease pressure at 14-28 day intervals. While disease conditions persist, re-treat at 7-14 day intervals.
Application Type
Rate
TREE ROOT INJECTION DBH METHOD
Maintenance
1 qt .per 100 gallons water
Stress Correction
1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2 qt. per 100 gallons water.
Frequency Apply 5 gallons (18-19 liters) of tank mix per inch (25 mm) DBH starting approximately 3 feet (1 meter) from base of tree and in grid pattern at 2 to 2 1/2 feet (.61-.76 meter) intervals. Apply as soon as stress from heat/drought is observed or prior to disease becomes evident. Apply at monthly intervals.
CHEMIGATION
General Requirements 1) Apply this product only through a drip system or sprinkler including center pivot, lateral move, end tow, side (wheel) roll, traveler, big gun, solid set, hand move, flood (basin), furrow, border or drip (trickle) irrigation systems. Do not apply this product through any other type of irrigation system. 2) Crop injury, lack of effectiveness, or illegal pesticide residues in the crop can result from non-uniform distribution of treated water. 3) If you have questions about calibration, you should contact State Extension Service specialists, equipment manufacturers or other experts. 4) Do not connect an irrigation system (including greenhouse systems) used for pesticide application to a public water system unless the pesticide label-prescribed safety devices for public water systems are in place. 5) A person knowledgeable of the chemigation system and responsible for its operation, or under the supervision of the responsible person, shall shut the system down and make necessary adjustments should the need arise. Specific Requirements for Chemigation Systems Connected to Public Water Systems 1) Public water system means a system for the provision to the public of piped water for human consumption if such system has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves an average of at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. 2) Chemigation systems connected to public water systems must contain a functional, reduced-pressure zone, backflow preventer (RPZ) or the functional equivalent in the water supply line upstream from the point of pesticide introduction. As an option to the RPZ, the water from the public water system should be discharged into a reservoir tank prior to pesticide introduction. There shall be a complete physical break (air gap) between the outlet end of the fill pipe and the top or overflow rim of the reservoir tank of at least twice the inside diameter of the fill pipe. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 4) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, normally closed, solenoidoperated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 5) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops, or in cases where there is no water pump, when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being fitted with a system interlock. 7) Do not apply when wind speed favors drift beyond the area intended for treatment. Specific Requirements for Sprinkler Chemigation 1) The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. 2) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 4) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. 5) The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. 7) Do not apply when wind speed favors drift beyond the area intended for treatment. Specific Requirements for Flood (Basin), Furrow and Border Chemigation 1) Systems using a gravity flow pesticide dispensing system must meter the pesticide into the water at the head of the field and downstream of a hydraulic discontinuity such as a drop structure or weir box to decrease potential for water source contamination from backflow if water flow stops. 2) The systems utilizing a pressurized water and pesticide injection system must meet the following requirements: a. The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. b. The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quickclosing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump.
39
c. The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. d. The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. e. The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. f. Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. Specific Requirements for Drip (Trickle) Chemigation 1) The system must contain a functional check valve, vacuum relief valve and low-pressure drain appropriately located on the irrigation pipeline to prevent water source contamination from backflow. 2) The pesticide injection pipeline must contain a functional, automatic, quick-closing check valve to prevent the flow of fluid back toward the injection pump. 3) The pesticide injection pipeline must also contain a functional, normally closed, solenoid-operated valve located on the intake side of the injection pump and connected to the system interlock to prevent fluid from being withdrawn from the supply tank when the irrigation system is either automatically or manually shut down. 4) The system must contain functional interlocking controls to automatically shut off the pesticide injection pump when the water pump motor stops. 5) The irrigation line or water pump must include a functional pressure switch which will stop the water pump motor when the water pressure decreases to the point where pesticide distribution is adversely affected. 6) Systems must use a metering pump, such as a positive displacement injection pump (e.g., diaphragm pump) effectively designed and constructed of materials that are compatible with pesticides and capable of being filled with a system interlock. Application Instructions for All Types of Chemigation1) Remove scale, pesticide residues, and other foreign matter from the chemical supply tank and entire injector system. Flush with clean water. Failure to provide a clean tank, void of scale or residues may cause product to lose effectiveness or strength. 2) Determine the treatment rates as indicated in the directions for use and make proper dilutions. Product can be applied continuously or at any time during the water application. 3) Prepare a solution in the chemical tank by filling the tank with the required water and then adding product as required. The product will immediately go into suspension without any required agitation.
Notice - Read carefully conditions of sale and limited warranty statement.
As its sole express warranty, Growth Products, Ltd., warrants that this product conforms to the microbial description on the label and is reasonably fit for purposes stated on the label only when used in accordance with directions and instructions specified on the label, subject to the inherent risks set forth above. Only as permitted by applicable law, in the event of a breach of this limited warranty, Growth Products, Ltd. shall not be liable for consequential damages subject to applicable law. Growth Products, Ltd. neither makes nor authorizes any of its distributors to make any warranty of fitness or merchantability, guaranty or representation, express or implied, concerning this material. Buyer assumes the responsibility to handle, use and store this product in accordance with the safety instructions and use directions contained on the label. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Buyer/User purchases this product to the foregoing Conditions of Sale and Warranty which may be varied only by a written agreement signed by a duly authorized representative of Growth Products, Ltd., and if these terms are not acceptable, return all product to the place of purchase, unopened for a full refund.
STORAGE AND DISPOSAL
Do not contaminate water, food or feed by storage or disposal. Pesticide Storage: Store in a dry place out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources. Keep from overheating or freezing. Pesticide Disposal: Wastes resulting from the use of this product may be disposed of on site or at an approved waste disposal facility. Container Disposal: Non-refillable container. Do not reuse or refill this container. Triple rinse (or equivalent) promptly after emptying. Triple rinse as follows: Empty the remaining contents into application equipment or a mix tank and drain for 10 seconds after the flow begins to drip. Fill the container Âź full with water and recap. Shake for 10 seconds. Pour rinsate into application equipment or a mix tank or store rinsate for later use or disposal. Drain for 10 seconds after the flow begins to drip. Repeat this procedure two more times. Then offer for recycling if available or puncture and dispose of in a sanitary landfill, or by incineration. Do not burn, unless allowed by state and local ordinances.
ESSENTIAL PLUS 1-0-1 ®
100% NATURAL ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENT And ROOT STIMULATOR With 21 L-AMINO ACIDS • REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE • FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% 1% Other Water Soluble Organic Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.29% Derived From: Kelp (Ascophyllum nodosum), Potassium Humate, Gibberellic Acid, Fish Hydrolysate, Plant Extracts, Simple and Complex Sugars and Iron Glucoheptonate.
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
7% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cellulose Fiber 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carbohydrates 0.0025% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent 1.2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lignin 3% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mono / Disaccharide 2% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ash Content 13.17 mg/ lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Riboflavin (B2) 0.314% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vitamin (B6) 0.001% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gibberellic Acid 0.01% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Rooting Substance 4.45% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acid
0.77% L-Glutamic Acid 0.42% L-Proline 0.40% L-Leucine 0.37% L-Aspartic Acid 0.32% L-Alanine 0.28% L-Arginine 0.25% Glycine 0.23% L-Valine 0.21% L-Lysine 0.21% L-Serine 0.18% L-Threonine
0.16% L-Phenylalanine 0.16% L-Isoleucine 0.15% L-Tyrosine 0.13% L-Histidine 0.11% L-Cystine 0.10% L-Methionine Trace% L-Carnosine Trace% L-Citrulline Trace% L-Beta-Alanine Trace% L-Taurine
Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.07 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Essential is a 100% natural organic product derived from plant and vegetative products that provides a rich carbon source of organic matter. Essential is pasteurized and homogenized to be a homogeneous solution. Each ingredient has been selected to provide all the various stages of organic decomposition (from fast decomposers to more complex forms of carbon requiring complex decomposition). Essential contains 21 L-amino acids that promotes nutrient absorption, and stimulates the plants essential metabolic activities. It also becomes an available food source for soil microorganisms. High concentrates of active, sol-
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
• STIMULATES ROOT & PLANT GROWTH • CONTAINS 21 NATURAL L-AMINO ACIDS
uble humic acid, humus and cellulose fiber will help to replenish soils that have been depleted of organic matter. Essential will improve poor or subsoil conditions and compaction. Essential will improve plant physiology with sugars, 21 amino acids and nutrients that are not available in N-P-K fertilizers.
FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY:
Beneficial microorganisms need organic matter as a food source to survive and increase their population. Essential has a high carbon content that slowly decomposes, restoring organic matter back into the soil. This is especially important in overworked urban settings such as golf courses, estates, corporate sites, and other manicured landscape settings.
ENHANCES PLANT PHYSIOLOGY:
Turf, trees, ornamentals, and nursery and greenhouse stock need more than just N-P-K fertilizers to remain in superior health. Essential contains vitamins, enzymes, carbohydrates, sugars, amino acids and root stimulators (from kelp). These nutrients are absorbed and utilized by the plant to enhance growth, vitality and stress resistance. Essential contains natural plant growth regulators that encourage cell division, root development and seed germination.
REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE :
Essential contains high percentages of active, soluble humates, plant extracts, cellulose fiber and a natural wetting agent which are critical to maintain healthy soil. By adding organic matter back into soils that have been depleted, even the most difficult soil conditions can be improved. These ingredients also reduce compaction and improve cation exchange capacities.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Essential is 100% soluble for spray applications foliar feeding, soil injection, or use in irrigation systems. Essential may be mixed with other technical materials and sprayed in one application, saving labor. Essential can be used on all types of turf grass, shrubs, trees, evergreens and flowering plants, as well as organically grown food crops.
SUGGESTED USES :
USGA Spec Tees & Greens: Essential should be part of the regular maintenance program to increase the organic matter content in soils and feed beneficial soil microorganisms. Essential should be used on newly built tees and greens to increase the cation exchange capacity. Regular use of Essential will improve the ability of sandy soils to hold nutrients. Essential will improve seed germination and stimulate root growth.
10603 (800) 648-7626
40
www.GrowthProducts.com
Clay Soils: Calcareous soils often lead to compaction and nutrient availability problems because of the lack of organic matter. Fertilizers cannot correct the problem and often lead to the build up salts. Essentialâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s high concentration of organic matter and natural wetting agent can penetrate the encrusted soil and begin restoration. Apply Essential throughout the entire growing season. Immediately apply after aeration has been completed or top dressing has been applied.
Application
Turf Applications Per 1,000 Sq. Ft. (100 m2)
Normal Sandy Soils Clay Soils Maintenance 3 oz. 5 oz. 5 oz. Cool Season 90 ml 150 ml 150 ml Warm Season 4 oz. 6 oz. 6 oz. & Transitional 120 ml 170 ml 170 ml Turf Variety
Newly Seeded 4 oz. 120 ml 5 oz. 150 ml
B & B Plantings: Bare Root Plantings:
Transplants
2 oz per gallon of water (15 ml per 1 L water)
Rate
Frequency/ Notes Apply every 14 days throughout growing season
Greens & Tees
3 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (88 ml per 100 m2)
Fairways
4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)
Apply monthly throughout growing season
Sports Turf
4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)
Apply monthly throughout growing season
New Seeding & Overseeding
Lawn Care and Landscaping: Essential should be used in conjunction with a regular fertilization program or as a stand alone product when a natural organic program is required. Essential should be applied to all renovated areas and construction sites, where soil has been removed or adequate top soil is lacking. Tree Care: Established trees and ornamentals in urban settings are often deprived of renewable organic matter during the course of grooming. Essential can be used for year round tree care, to enhance liquid and soluble fertilizer programs. Essential should be used in the summer to reduce stress problems. All newly transplanted trees and ornamentals should have Essential applied. Transplants need additional care to promote root development and enhance the uptake of usable nutrients and storage of carbohydrates. Essential will decrease transplant shock and stimulate root growth. In excavation areas and construction sites Essential should be applied at double the normal maintenance rate. Renovation problems such as compaction and lack of microbial activity that result in plant stress and death can be avoided with Essential.
Turf Applications
3 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (88 ml per 100 m2)
Hydroseeding
6 oz. per 100 gal water (1 L in 400 L water)
Sod Installation
4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)
Lawn Care
4 oz. per 1,000 FT2 (118 ml per 100 m2)
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Apply at time of seeding and then every 14 days for 4 applications
Mix into hydroseeding tank mix Apply at time of sod installation and then every 6-weeks throughout growing season Apply monthly throughout growing season
Essential should be stored in normal warehouse conditions. It should not be stored in direct sunlight or temperatures above 95° for long periods of time. Replace cap after using. Never store exposed to the air. Since Essential contains a high percentage of solids it is important to mix or shake well before use. Essential is made from natural organic products and is therefore safe to handle and use. Essential is compatible with all fertilizers and technical products.
Repeat in 30 days.
Drench 2-5 gal. (25032-64 oz. in 100 500 ml per 17-19 L) gallons of water water of mix around (1-2 L per 100 L water) planting
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:
24 oz. in 100 gallons of water. Thoroughly spray to Foliar Spray: point of run-off. (709 ml in 400 L water) Maintenance: 32 oz of Essential per 100 gal water. Inject over 3,000 ft2 area Root (250 ml per 100 L water over 300 m2) Injection: Corrective: 64 oz of Essential per 100 gal water. Inject over 3,000 ft2 area (500 ml per 100 L water over 75 m2) Soil Drench:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
Manufactured in the USA By:
3 - 5 ounces per gal of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area. (88 - 147 ml per 4 L water)
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
41
www.GrowthProducts.com
RE-STORE PLUS (3-0-2) •REJUVENATES SOIL STRUCTURE •ADDS ORGANIC MATTER TO POOR SOILS •QUICK GREEN UP
FOR FAIRWAYS With 10% HUMIC ACID And L- AMINO ACIDS •REDUCES COMPACTION •FOOD SOURCE FOR MICROBIAL ACTIVITY •SOLUBILIZES MINERALS IN SOIL
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Urea Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% 3% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1% 1% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Urea, Citric Acid, Potassium Humate (derived from Leonardite), Potassium Carbonate, Iron EDTA, Manganese EDTA, Chelating Agent EDTA, Protein Hydrolysate, Yucca schidigera, Saccarides. Maltose, Dextrin. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 Kg
Application
All Types of Cool and Warm Season Grasses
Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) 3 - 6 oz (90 - 180 ml)
Frequency / Notes
Sod Production
Apply monthly
Rate Per 1,000 ft2 Frequency / Notes (100 m2) 3 oz Normal Maintenance Apply Monthly (95 ml) 6 oz Apply Monthly Sandy Soil Conditions (190 ml) 6 oz Clay Soil Conditions Apply Monthly (190 ml) Newly Seeded, 3 oz Apply at time of Sprigs & Plugs, Ribbons (95 ml) planting or harvesting Application
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
10% . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L-Amino Acids 5% . . . . . . . . .Hydrolyzed Protein Hydrolysate (from Soy) 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Yucca schidigera Extract pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
with other technical materials and sprayed in one application, saving labor. Use on all types of turf grasses.
BENEFICIAL BACTERIA :
SUGGESTED USES:
Yeast (S. cerevisiae) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,000 CFU* per ml *Colony Forming Units
Fairways: Ideal for use on fairways to reduce salt build-up and compaction while improving color Sod Production: Continued harvesting of sod depletes organic matter content. Re-Store Plus will enhance soil quality and improve CEC of soils to better retain nutrients. It will reduce soil compaction from heavy equipment. It contains yeast that will help stimulate microbes to decompose thatch. Hydro-Seeding: Use Re-Store Plus along with seed and mulches to hasten seed germination and establish faster rooting on difficult soils. Mix 6 - 8 oz per 100 gallons of slurry.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Re-Store Plus is an ALL-IN-ONE Fairway soil liquid solution. Apply monthly to both cool and warm season grasses to improve soil quality. This proprietary formula contains 10% humic acid derived from Leonardite, the most active and richest source of humate. Use on grass areas where there is compaction and poor CEC. With 10% active Humic acid, Re-Store will demineralize soils with high phosphorus content, releasing bound up nutrients that are not available for plant uptake. Re-Store Plus contains a high percentage of organic compounds along with sugars, enzymes and S.cerevisiac, a beneficial yeast microbial activity and will neutralize salts thus reducing turf stress. Its proper ratio of Fe / Mn will improve color of existing turf. It contains yeast which is a normal inhabitant of soil and associated with other beneficial microorganisms.
STORAGE AND HANDLING :
Re-Store Plus should be stored in normal warehouse conditions. It should not be stored in direct sunlight or temperatures above 95° for long periods of time. Replace cap after using. Never store exposed to the air. Since 10% Humic Acid contains a high percentage of solids it is important to mix or shake well before use. Re-Store Plus is made from natural organic products and is therefore safe to handle and use. Compatible with all fertilizers and technical products.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Re-Store Plus is 100% soluble for spray applications, foliar feeding, soil injection or for use in irrigation systems. It can be mixed
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Fairway Applications
10603 (800) 648-7626
42
www.GrowthProducts.com
CONTROL DE-THATCHER • NATURALLY OCCURRING BACILLUS STRAINS • CONTAINS ENZYME-PRODUCING MICROBES
15-0-0 PLUS MICROBES & ENZYMES With 10% SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN • SLOW RELEASE NITROGEN • PROTEASE, CELLULASE AND ENZYMES
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS
cellulase that will digest protein contained in thatch and other organic compounds in the soil. Bacillus also produces cellulase, amylases, lipases, xylanases, and pectinases, which breach down organic matter into valuable nutrients. Excellent for accelerating composting of any organic waste materials.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15% 5% Urea Nitrogen 10% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Derived From: Methylene Urea *10% slowly available nitrogen from Methylene urea*
THE C/N RATIO
CONTAINS BENEFICIAL BACTERIA
The unique nitrogen source contained in Control De-Thatcher is a synthetic organic compound (carbon / nitrogen molecule). This slowly available nitrogen provides both carbon and nitrogen for soil microorganisms. With the addition of De-Thatcher, the C/N ratio -as it narrows- further encourages decomposition of organic residues. The slow release nitrogen source discourages the formation of additional thatch that is produced as a result of fast release nitrogen sources. Since, De-Thatcher contains 10% SRN, you can reduce the nitrogen rates in your fertility program. M IXING : De-Thatcher can be tank mixed with other technical materials. Use all of tank mix solution within 6 hours.
Bacillus subtilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .793,000 CFU** per ml Bacillus megaterium . . . . . . . . . . . . .793,000 CFU per ml Bacillus licheniformis. . . . . . . . . . . . .793,000 CFU per ml
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
Protease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.01 CSU*** / gal. Cellulase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.01 FPU****/ gal. Amylase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.01SLU*****/gal. ***Colony Forming Units, ****Casine Solubilization Units, ****Filter Paper Units, *****Starch Liquefying Units. Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) . . . . . . . . . . .1.5% Monosaccharides (Maltodextrin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% 0.65 L-Threonine 0.44% Glycine 0.46% L-Valine 1.8% L-Glutamic Acid 0.40% L-Phenylalanine 0.56% L-Aspartic Acid 0.32% L-Isoleucine 0.90% L-Alanine 0.30% L-Histidine 0.88% L-Proline 0.18% L-Methionine 0.96% L-Leucine 0.34% L-Tyrosine 0.36% L-Lysine 0.44% L-Serine 0.14% L-Cystine 0.40% L-Arginine Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10.4 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USING. DO NOT FREEZE Turf Application Recommendations Application
Thatch Accumulation Bentgrass Tees & Greens Maintenance Fairways
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
10-12 oz in 1- 3 gallons of water (290 -350 ml in 4-10 L water)
4 -6 ounces in 1- 3 gallons of water (120 - 180 ml) 4 oz in 1- 3 gal water (120 ml in 4-10 L water)
Bluegrass and 4 oz in 1-3 gal water Other Northern (120 ml in 4-10 L water ) Grasses
Control De-Thatcher is a unique blend of carbon based raw materials, slow release nitrogen from a carbon / nitrogen source and a concentrated source of naturally occurring soil microorganisms. Control De-thatcher contains powerful enzymes that break down specific components of thatch. The breakdown of complex organic materials like thatch is often very difficult because of the high ratio of lignin and cellulose fibers. It requires a balance of naturally occurring soil microbes, select enzymes and an adjustment in the ratio of carbon to nitrogen for this breakdown to occur. Thatch requires microbial activity to break down and become a food source for plant materials. If any one of these elements is missing, thatch formation will increase, severely interfering with the turf's ability to absorb nutrients and water. The specific microbes contained in Control De-Thatcher when applied to the soil produce significant quantities of protease and
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass Zoysiagrass Bermuda Athletic Fields Composting
5-6 oz in 5 gallons of water (150 - 180 ml in 19 L water)
8-10 oz in 3-5 gal water (240-290 ml 10-19 L water) 4 oz in 3-5 gal water (118 ml in 10-19 L water)
Early spring & Early fall Early spring & Early fall Early spring & Early fall Early spring & Early fall Early spring & Early fall Early spring & Early fall
1 gal per 100 gal water Apply 3 times during (1 L per 100 L water) the year when turning
10603 (800) 648-7626
43
Frequency Apply in early spring when soil temp reaches 45o F (7oC) Apply every 30 days for 3 - 4 months
www.GrowthProducts.com
PH
REDUCER
A CITRIC ACID SOLUTION • SOIL AND WATER PH CONDITIONER • CONTROLS ALGAE
• SOIL PH REDUCER • TANK MIX BUFFER SOLUTION
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
TANK MIX BUFFER SOLUTION:
50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citric Acid 0.0025% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wetting Agent pH 1.5 Weight per gallon (Liter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 lbs. (1.00 kg)
Many herbicides and fungicides require an acidic tank mix solution to assure the best efficacy. Be sure to slowly add citric acid to a tank mix and check with a pH meter or litmus paper until the desired pH is reached. DO NOT FREEZE
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
pH Reducer is designed for soil and water applications, where the pH needs to be lowered into a more acidic range. Citric Acid solution is an organic based material that is a natural and environmentally sound management tool for lowering alkaline soil conditions.
Application Rates
Application
Rate
Warm & Cool 2-6 fl oz in a minimum of Apply Monthly Season Turf 2 gal water per 1,000 ft2 Ideal pH Range 6 - 6.5 2 Applications (60-177 ml per 100 m ) Soil Drench: 1 quart per Repeat the application 100 gallons of tank mix every 30 days or as Trees & Ornamentals (250 ml per 100 L water) needed. Ideal pH Range DBH: 5 gal mix per inch 5 -6.5 If pH is not sufficiently lowered, continue to 100 - 150 ppm rate Greenhouse Initial Application: Mix 4 - adjust pH over several 6 fl oz per 1 gallon water waterings at a rate of 2Growing 4 fl oz per gal water. (118 - 177 ml per 4 L Media (60 - 118 ml per 4L water) water)
SOIL CONDITIONER:
Turf Applications: Many calcareous soils have very high pH ranges (above 7) that make turf grass maintenance difficult. This also tends to tie up many micronutrients, leaving turf grasses chlorotic. USGA spec sands and top dressings usually have a high pH and need to be lowered to an ideal range of 6 to 6.5 pH. Apply at a rate of 2 to 6 oz. per 1,000 sq. ft. on a monthly basis. Some soils contain high levels of minors that are often in an unavailable, oxidized form not available for plant uptake. By applying citric acid solutions, minors can be chelated and made more available for turf grasses. pH reducer can be used in place of sulfuric acid and ammonium sulfate. Trees and Ornamentals: Many plant materials prefer acid soil in the pH range of 5 to 6.5. Soil pH is often above 7 from high calcium levels. By applying pH reducer as a root injection or soil drench, soil pH can be lowered slowly and gently without any detrimental effects to the plant materials. Apply at a rate of 2 to 4 oz. per 1,000 sq. ft. or 1 qt. of pH reducer in 100 gal of water. Greenhouse Soil Mixes: pH reducer is an ideal product to help reduce the pH of many soils and soil less mixes.
Hand Watering
Water pH
Mix 1/2-3/4 teaspoon pH Saturate soil with solution Reducer per gallon water
How To Determine Buffering Capacity
Rate / Frequency Before adding any other chemicals or fertilizers to tank Highly mix. Begin with the addition of 2 fl oz per 100 gallons Alkaline of tank mix. Measure pH of water to determine shift. Irrigation Add another 2 fl oz of pH Reducer until acceptable pH Water is reached.(60 ml per 400 L water)
WATER PH REDUCER:
Many water supplies have very high pH levels, and continuous application of this water will tend to raise the pH of many soils. By adding citric acid solution, hard water levels can be lowered. This will also reduce the possibility of soil pH drifting upwards. The buffer capacity of every water supply differs. Be sure to slowly add citric acid to a tank mix and check with a pH meter or litmus paper until the desired pH is reached. If tank mix is not used the same day it is mixed, be sure to check pH again and adjust if necessary.
EQUIPMENT & TANK CLEANING :
Mixing: pH Reducer is acidic. It must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or technical materials. pH reducer should not be added in concentrate to highly alkaline materials. Hard and alkaline water sources will leave residues and mineral build up on tanks, lines and irrigation heads. Flush tanks and lines with a solution of 1 gallon citric acid to 100 gallons of water. Follow by flushing with water to rinse out lines to clean out drip irrigation systems. Manufactured By:
CAUTION: This is an acidic material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Frequency / Notes
10603 (800) 648-7626
44
www.GrowthProducts.com
HYDRO-MAX™
ALL NATURAL WETTING AGENT Plus HUMIC ACID
•INCREASE WATER AND FERTILIZER PENETRATION •LOOSEN COMPACTED SOILS •REDUCES SURFACE TENSION OF PESTICIDE SPRAYS
• HELP LEACH SALTS • ALLEVIATES DRY SPOTS • INCREASES CELL WALL PERMEABILITY
Yucca schidigera Extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90% Derived From: Yucca schidigera, Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite), non-ionic surfactant. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Application Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) Tees, Greens, 3 oz per 1,000 sq ft in Fairways, All Types 1 - 3 gal of water of Warm and Cool (90 ml per 100m2) Season Grasses
ACTIVE INGREDIENT:
Turf Application
NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
Sod Installation
5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Surfactant 2% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Newly Seeding, Overseeding, Sprigging
3 oz per 1,000 sq ft in 3 - 5 gal of water (90 ml per 100m2)
Apply every 14-21 days Apply 1 - 2 weeks prior to harvest or immediately after installation
6 - 12 oz per 1,000 sq ft in 3 - 5 gallons of water Apply as a soil prep (350 ml per 100m2) 12 oz per 1,000 sq ft in 3 - 5 gal of water Initial application (380 ml per 100 m2 in 10-20 L water) Hydrophobic & Compacted Soils 6 oz per 1,000 sq ft in Repeat application 3 - 5 gal of water every 4 weeks (190 ml per 100 m2 in 10-20 L water)
Hydro-Max is a natural wetting agent and soil penetrant derived from the Mohave Yucca plant. This unique desert plant contains the active ingredient steroid saponins that is a natural wetting agent. Yucca provides a wide range of multi-functional benefits to both plants and soil conditions. Hydro-Max can be mixed with NP-K fertilizers to improve foliar nutrient absorption. It is compatible with all liquid and soluble fertilizers, herbicides, pesticides, fungicides, and absorbent gels. It is an environmentally friendly product that can be applied to all plant materials either as a soil or foliar application. It is non-phytotoxic and can even be applied during hot, dry weather conditions.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE :
Application
Hydro-Max is a concentrate and should be mixed with water. Apply when plants are in stress due to heat and/or drought. Apply where soil conditions are compacted or hydrophobic. Dilute 1:100 in water. See charts on right.
Nursery - Greenhouse - Landscape Rate
9 oz per cubic yard of soil. Mix into10 - 15 gallons of water (265 ml per m2) 1 oz per 4 gal of water. Propagation (30 ml per 16 L of water) Trees and 1 oz per 1 gal water Shrubs (8 ml per Liter water) Mix 25 oz of Hydro-Max Injection Ratio in 1 gallon water to for In-line make a concentrate Systems (185 ml per L water) 6 oz per 50 gal water Ornamentals & per 1,000 sq ft. Bedding Plants (190 ml in 200 L water per 100 m2) Media Treatment
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Mixing: Dilute at the rate of 1 to 100 in water if possible. Put half the water in the tank and add Hydro-Max. The following mixing procedure should be followed. Add products to mix in this order with appropriate amounts according to label directions: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. emulsifiable concentrates, 5. Hydro-Max. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Hydro-Max may foam with agitation. To reduce foaming add Hydro-Max last. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture same day. Always use a jar test before mixing pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.
Frequency
Apply every 14-21 days Apply prior to seeding or placing cuttings. Drench until soil is moist Apply to root area as needed Set injector ratio to 1:100 Apply with irrigation water or fertilizer Apply every 2 - 4 weeks
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Frequency
10603 (800) 648-7626
45
www.GrowthProducts.com
GREEN-SPEED SI (0-2-5) ™
7% POTASSIUM SILICATE, With PHOSPHITE And 2% HUMIC ACID
•STRENGTHENS TURF BLADES •FASTER BALL ROLL / REDUCE BALL MARKS •HELPS INCREASE RESISTANCE TO DISEASE & PESTS
•IMPROVES HEAT AND DROUGHT STRESS •BETTER CUT BY GREEN MOWERS •PLUS HUMIC ACID TO ACCELERATE ABSORPTION
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Green-Speed is an alkaline material with a pH of 12 and should NOT be mixed with acidic or acid-producing chemicals. The following mixing procedure should be followed after Green-Speed has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing Green-Speed Si with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.
Available Phosphate (P2O5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% Derived From: Potassium Silicate, Potassium Carbonate, Potassium Phosphite, Potassium Humate, Phosphoric Acid
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
2% . . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 7% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Silica (SiO2) Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 lbs. Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.08 Kg pH @ 20 deg. C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Foliar Turf Applications
Green-Speed Si is a proprietary formula with silica, potassium phosphite, and humic acid as the active ingredients. Silica hardens the leaf and helps strengthen the xylem vessels during times of high transpiration, reducing water loss. Green-Speed Si contains Potassium Phosphite which promotes turf health and increases the turf’s resistance to disease and pests. Potassium also builds carbohydrate reserves. The humic acid increases nutrient uptake through the leaf and root tissue. It is designed for foliar application on all varieties of turf grasses on greens, tees and roughs, sports turf, lawns and ornamental grasses. Green Speed can be used in a regular maintenance program. It is best to apply Green Speed prior to heavy traffic or prior to times of heat stress.
Spray at a rate of 2-3 gallons per 1,000 sq ft (100m2) Rate Per 1,000 sq ft Application Frequency (Rate Per 100 m2) 3 - 4 oz. Apply every 2-3 Tees & Greens (95 - 127 ml) weeks 3 - 4 oz. Apply every 2-3 Sports Turf (95 - 127 ml) weeks Tournament and 3 - 4 oz. Apply 3-4 days prior Event Preparation (95 - 127 ml) to tournament 3 - 4 oz. Apply every 2-3 Roughs and Fairways (95 - 127 ml) weeks Lawns and 3 - 4 oz. Apply every 2-3 Ornamental Grasses (95 - 127 ml) weeks
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Green-Speed is used at the rate of 3 - 4 oz per 1,000 sq. ft. One gallon of Green-Speed will treat approximately one acre of greens or sports fields. Apply every 2 to 3 weeks throughout the season. For tournament preparation, apply 3 to 4 days before the tournament date for maximum results. Application with low volume sprayers is not recommended. Green-Speed does not have to be watered in. However, you can water it in lightly without affecting the results. For optimum results, Green-Speed can be tank mixed with Essential® Plus 1-0-1.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: All Growth Products professional liquid fertilizers can be stored in normal warehouse areas. Keep from freezing. Mixing: Dilute at the rate of 1 to 100 in water if possible. Put half the water in the tank and add Green-Speed.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
46
www.GrowthProducts.com
SODIUM KNOCKOUT 5-0-0 With 6% CALCIUM, NATURAL WETTING AGENT &
FULVIC ACID
•REDUCES SOIL AND WATER SALINITY •REDUCES DRY SPOTS AND IMPROVES WATER FILTRATION •IMPROVES SOIL STRUCTURE
•IMPROVES ROOT GROWTH & NUTRIENT UPTAKE •REDUCES BICARBONATES •CONTAINS YUCCA PENETRANT & FULVIC ACID •REDUCES TURF STRESS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5% 5% Nitrate Nitrogen Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6% Derived From: Calcium Nitrate, Calcium acetate monohydrate.
Turf Soil Applications
Application
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
Rate per Acre (Ha)
All Types of Cool Season and Warm Season Grasses
1% . . . . . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent(Yucca schidigera) 0.1% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fulvic Acid (from Leonardite) Weight per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9 lb Weight per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3 Kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.3
Maintenance: 1 gallon/acre (9 L per Ha)
Restoration: 2 gallons/acre (19 L per Ha)
Frequency Apply every 2 - 4 weeks as needed. Mix with sufficient water to thoroughly drench soil area. Test soil periodically
Landscape Plantings, Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
KnockOut is a new and unique combination product that contains readily available calcium and a natural surfactant/wetting agent from yucca. It is an effective tool to reduce sodium levels in soils or bicarbonate accumulation from irrigation water. KnockOut quickly penetrates even the most difficult soils. It will also increase the permeability of soils while reducing soluble salts that build up in soils from high water salinity. It can be used on soilless media where excessive salt build up often occurs from continued use of pesticides and high salt fertilizers. Soil salinity is one of the most serious turf problems especially, in high pH soils. KnockOut’s calcium is in a 100% soluble form that is immediately available to react with the sodium, unlike gypsum based products. Calcium cation ranges between 65 - 70% (Cation Exchange Capacity - CEC). CEC measures the soil’s ability to hold nutrients such as potassium (K), magnesium (Mg), and calcium (Ca) as well as other positively charged ions such as sodium (Na) and hydrogen(H). It is a much safer alternative to chlorides and sulfates. KnockOut will improve soil structure, enhance better rooting, water infiltration and improve overall turf quality.
2 - 3 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around planted area (59 - 88 ml per 4 L water) Repeat as needed.
Soil Drench:
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Store in normal warehouse areas. Keep from Freezing.
MIXING :
The following mixing procedure should be followed after KnockOut has been diluted with appropriate amounts of water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding the next. Apply all of mixture in same day. Always use a jar test before mixing KnockOut with pesticides and fertilizers in your tank.
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Correcting harmful saline-sodic and sodic soils must be carried out in steps beginning with restoration, followed by continued maintenance. Make repeated applications 2 - 4 weeks apart. Following treatment, apply adequate irrigation to wash product into the soil.
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
47
www.GrowthProducts.com
BIONUTRIENTS
™
D Technry ology
SOLUBLE 8-0-9
FOR FAIRWAYS, SPORTS TURF, LAWN CARE, AND TREES
• PACKED IN EASY-TO-USE 8 OZ PACKS • ORGANIC BIOSTIMULANT & SOIL CONDITIONER • CONTAINS A NATURAL RHIZOSPHERE BACTERIA
• REVITALIZES SOIL • PROMOTES FASTER & STRONGER ROOTING • IMPROVES POOR SOILS CONDITIONS
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8% 2.5% Slowly Available Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.06% Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Plant Protein, Fish Protein Hydrolysate, Potassium Humate. *2.5% Slowly Available Nitrogen derived from: Plant Protein, Fish Protein Hydrolysate
BioNutrients can be tank mixed with most pesticides, fertilizers and micronutrients. Add approximately half of the water to tank mix, leaving enough room to add other products. Add BioNutrients and agi-
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
MIXING INSTRUCTIONS :
Application
ALSO CONTAINS NON-PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS
Bacillus subtilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 10 CFU per gram Bacillus licheniformis . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus amyloliquefaciens . . . . . . . .1.3 x 108 CFU per gram Bacillus pumilus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.0 x 108 CFU per gram Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) . . 2.9 x 108 CFU per gram *Colony Forming Units 20% . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 1.5% . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 35% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acids 8
Rate
Regular Rate Per Acre: Mix 1 Maintenance pack in 20 - 50 gallons Cool and Warm Season of water. Apply 1 - 2 packs per acre. Grasses For smaller applications mix 1/3 - 1/2 oz (1 tbs.) per gallon water.
Overseeding, Newly Seeded, Sod
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
BioNutrients is a unique, dry, 100% soluble blend of humic acid, natural wetting agent, kelp, natural L-amino acids and our exclusive combination of beneficial soil bacteria along with fortified natural carriers that add rich organic material to soils. It has the added advantage of containing a natural biostiumulant to promote strong rooting. BioNutrients can be used on all fairway grasses, sports turf, lawn care and hydroseeding applications. The BioNutrients formulation is designed to improve soil quality by adding rich organic nutrients that are often depleted in old and over worked soils. A powerful natural wetting agent insures deep penetration into even the most difficult and compacted soils. Once in the rhizosphere, a combination of L-amino acids, kelp and natural soil bacteria colonize and revitalize the soil with active communities of living soil microbes. The humic acid and plant extracts are rich in carbon which becomes a food and energy source for the soil bacteria colonies.
Aeration
Frequency / Notes
Apply monthly throughout growing season
Apply at time of seeding and then apply at Metric: Rate per Hectare: Mix germination or 14 - 21 days 1-2 packs in 100- 200 Liters water. For smaller applications mix 1 - 2 grams per Liter water. Apply after aerification
Hydroseeding
Rate Per Acre: Mix 1 pack in 100 - 200 gallons of water and apply per acre.
Divot & Ball Mark Repair:
Mix 1- 2 packs per cubic yard sand divot mix. Hand Repair - Lightly sprinkle into divot hole prior to replacement of turf
Add to equipment tank slurry mix
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Turf Applications and Rates
10603 (800) 648-7626
48
www.GrowthProducts.com
Trees and Ornamentals Applications and Rates
Application
Rate
Notes
Initial Application: 1 lb, or two 8 oz packs, per Soil injection, drench or 50 to 100 gal water. Tree & Shrub spray. Maintenance: 1/2 lb, or Per 1,000 sq. ft. one 8 oz pack, per 50 to 100 gal water.
New Plantings, Ornamental 1/2 lb, or one 8 oz Plants, Potted pack, per 25 gal water. Plants
Drench or spray to saturate soil. Per 1,000 sq. ft.
Pre-Digging and Transplants
1 1/2 lbs, or three 8 oz Drench prior to digging packs, per 100 gal and immediately after water. planting.
Flower Beds
1 lb, or two 8 oz packs, per 25 to 50 gal water.
Drench or spray to saturate soil.
tate tank mix. Do not agitate when adding herbicides. This will cause foaming. Agitate after the herbicide has been added. Add other products in the following order: 1. urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use tank mix according to technical material instructions. Be sure to agitate before spraying.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
BioNutrients can be stored in normal dry warehouse areas. Freezing will not affect BioNutrients. It contains 100% natural ingredients and is safe to handle. Agitate before spraying. It has a near neutral pH.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
49
www.GrowthProducts.com
THE LANDSCAPER’S BIONUTRITION
D Technry ology ™
3-0-3 GRANULAR WITH MYCORRHIZAL TECHNOLOGY FOR TREES AND PLANTINGS • NOW CONTAINS ENDO & ECTOMYCORRHIZAE • PACKED IN EASY TO USE 8 OZ PACKS • CONTAINS VITERRA® GELSCAPE® POLYMER GEL
• PREVENTS TRANSPLANT LOSS • 475 MILLION BACILLUS SUBTILIS SPORES • L-AMINO ACID BASED
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 0.5% Urea Nitrogen 2.5% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Derived From: Methylene Urea, Urea, Ferrous Sulfate, Condensed Fermented Plant Extracts, Fish Meal. *2.5% slowly available Nitrogen from Methylene Urea
The Landscaper’s BioNutrition now with Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae is formulated to reduce transplant stree of trees, large ornamentals and other landscape materials. It will provide biologically active soil conditioners, natural wetting agent and rich organic supplements with Rhizosphere beneficial bacteria and Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae, which are a research-selected mixture of mesophiles and thermophiles that grow and metabolize in the soil in temperature ranges of 45o - 140oF. Mycorrhizae will improve uptake of nutrients, minerals and absorption of water. The Bacillus strains produce a variety of enzymes, PGRs and metabolites that aid in the breakdown of organic fertilizers and organic matter. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be applied to any tree or plant species to produce healthier root system, overcome urban and transplant shock. Bacillus rapidly colonize the root’s surface of the developing root system (niche occupation) and stimulate root growth, maintain healthy root system and crowd out invading pathogens. Landscaper’s BioNutrition contains “Viterra® Gelscape®” a unique water-control polymer gel that absorbs and holds water for gradual release to plants. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition contains 17 natural L-amino acids. They act as a natural chelating / complexing agent for cation nutrients. They also act as plant growth regulators and provide a food source for soil microbes. All amino acids have the potential to decompose into amines that go into solution in the form of plant-available nitrogen.
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS : PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
ALSO CONTAINS NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
Bacteria: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475 million CFU Bacillus subtilis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 108 CFU per lb. Bacillus licheniformis . . . . . . . . . . .2.5 x 108 CFU per lb. Bacillus amyloliquefaciens . . . . . . .7.5 x 107 CFU per lb. Bacillus pumilus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.5 x 107 CFU per lb. Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) .4.5 x 1010CFU per lb. Endomycorrhizal spores . . . . . . . . . . . .16,000 spores / lb. Glomus intraradices . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000 spores per lb. Glomus mosseae . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000 spores per lb. Glomus aggregatum . . . . . . . . . . .2,000 spores per lb. Glomus etunicatum . . . . . . . . . . . . .2,000 spores per lb. Ectomycorrhizal spores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 million / lb. Pisolithus tinctorius . . . . . . . . . .40 million spores per lb. Rhizopogon villosulus . . . . . . . . .5 million spores per lb. Rhizopogon amylopogon . . . . . .5 million spores per lb. Rhizopogon fulvigleba . . . . . . . .5 million spores per lb. Rhizopogon luteolus . . . . . . . . . .5 million spores per lb. Scleroderma cepa . . . . . . . . . . .1 million spores per lb. Scleroderma citrinum . . . . . . . . .1 million spores per lb. *Colony Forming Units
TRANSPLANTS:
Use The Landscaper’s BioNutrition to treat the root zone of trees, shrubs, annuals and perennials at the time of planting. This product contains beneficial Bacillus bacteria that will quickly colonize the root surface improving nutrient uptake, stimulating new root growth and protecting roots against stress. Simply sprinkle The Landscaper’s BioNutrition into the transplanting hole, or work into soil.
SOIL AMENDING INGREDIENTS
15% . . . . . . . . . . .Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% . . . . . . . . . . . .Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 1.5% . . . . . . . .Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) 9.5% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Total L-Amino Acid 0.44% Glycine 1.8% L-Glutamic Acid 0.56% L-Aspartic Acid 0.90% L-Alanine 0.88% L-Proline 0.96% L-Leucine 0.36% L-Lysine 0.44% L-Serine 0.40% L-Arginine
INERT INGREDIENTS
D IRECTIONS FOR TRANSPLANTS:
0.65 L-Threonine 0.46% L-Valine 0.40% L-Phenylalanine 0.32% L-Isoleucine 0.30% L-Histidine 0.18% L-Methionine 0.34% L-Tyrosine 0.14% L-Cystine
See application rate chart. 1. Mix Landscaper’s BioNutrition into soil backfill in contact with root ball 2. Fill hole with treated soil 3. Pack soil firmly and water well.
PLANT M ATERIALS:
The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used on all plant species including woody ornamentals such as Rhododendron's, Azaleas and Laurels. The Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used on all types of trees including deciduous, evergreens, fruit, oaks, and
25% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Clay 20% . . .Potassium Propenoate-Propenamide Copolymers
Viterra® Gelscape® are registered trademarks of AMEREQ, Inc.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
50
www.GrowthProducts.com
Tree, Shrub and Palm Rates
shrubs. Apply to all types of landscaping materials including annuals, perennials, vines, vegetables, baskets and pots. Landscaper’s BioNutrition can be used in combination with both non-systemic and systemic fungicides.
Use 4 ounces per caliper inch or per 1 foot of root ball. 1. Mix evenly into the upper 8-10” of the backfill soil and no more than 8-10’’ away from the root ball. 2. Pack the treated backfill firmly around the root ball. 3. Mulch and water to soil saturation.
Landscaping Plantings
Application Shrubs & Woody Ornamentals
Rate
Notes Remove mulch. Work into soil 16 oz per 100 with hoe to a depth of 4 inches square feet or more. Replace mulch. Loosen soil prior to planting. Vegetable 8 oz per Work Landscaper’s BioNutrition Plantings 20 linear feet into soil around plant. New Plantings: Loosen soil prior to planting. Sprinkle Flower Beds Landscaper’s BioNutrition over 16 oz per Annuals & ground area and work into 100 square feet Perennials soil. Existing Plantings: Gently work into soil around plants. Newly Seeded 16 oz per 1,000 Prior to seeding, work into top Lawns square feet 2”- 3” of soil. 16 oz per 1,000 Mix uniformly into top 2” of Laying Sod square feet soil Poor Soil 32 oz per 1,000 Rototill thoroughly into top 5”Conditions, square feet 6” of soil Stressed Plants 1 oz per 1-2 gal pot 4 oz per 3-7 gal pot 8 oz per 20-30 gal pot
Tropicals & Foliage Plants Hanging Baskets & Containers
AND
Landscaper’s per Plant Size
2 Gallon
2 oz
1 Gallon
1 oz
3 to 7 Gallon
4 oz
7 to 15 Gallon
4 oz
20 to 30 Gallon
24 inch B&B / Box
36 inch B&B / Box
48 inch B&B / Box
60 inch B&B / Box 1 inch caliper
2 inch caliper
12 oz
16 oz
19 oz 4 oz
8 oz
12 oz
5 inch caliper
20 oz
6 inch caliper 7 inch caliper
For both interior and exterior scapes. Work gently into soil without disturbing root system
8 oz
8 oz
3 inch caliper 4 inch caliper
8 inch caliper
24 inch spade 30 inch spade 44 inch spade
Gently mix into media around 1 oz per 1 gallon plants without disturbing root basket or container systems 1 pack (8oz) 80- Gently mix into media around Hydroseeding 100 gal water per plants without disturbing root 8,000 square feet systems
STORAGE
Size
60 inch spade
16 oz 24 oz 28 oz 32 oz 6 oz
12 oz
16 oz
24 oz
HANDLING :
Store in normal warehouse conditions in dry place. Product shelf life is in excess of 2 years.
PACKAGE SIZES
8 oz pack - 24 packs / display tray / box 8 oz pack - 30 in EZ-Store Pail 5 lb, 20 lb and 40 lb bulk in EZ-Store Pail 200 lb bulk in Drum
Manufactured in the USA By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
51
www.GrowthProducts.com
D Technry ology
BIONUTRIENTS TOTAL-PAK INJECTABLE FOR TREES WITH MYCORRHIZAL TECHNOLOGY
• CONTAINS ENDO & ECTOMYCORRHIZAE • BENEFICAL OF RHIZOSPHERE BACTERIA, YEAST
• COMPLETE MICRONUTRIENT PACKAGE • NUTRIENT BOOST FOR FAST COLONIZATION
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Trees, Deciduous, Evergreen, Fruit & Nut, Shrubs & Palms
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Slowly Available Water Soluble Nitrogen* Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.02% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.5% Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0005% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.05% Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Condensed Plant Proteins, Fish Protein Hydrolysate, Potassium Humate, Sodium Molybdate, Boric Acid, Copper EDTA, Manganese EDTA,Zinc EDTA, Chelating Agent: EDTA *3% slowly available Nitrogen derived from plant protein
Root Ball Diameter
Rate Tank Mix per Tree
# of Injection Sites
3 inch
36”
2 gal.
8
2 inch
24”
4- 5 inch
48-50 “
7 inch
70”
6 inch 8 inch
1.5 gal.
6
3 gal.
12
5 gal.
20
60”
4 gal.
80”
6 gal.
16 24
ers, natural wetting agent and rich organic supplements. Easy to apply on existing trees and landscaped areas to reduce stress of trees, large ornamentals and other landscape materials. Mycorrhizal will improve uptake of nutrients, minerals and absorption of water. Bacillus strains produce a variety of enzymes, PGRs and metabolites that aid in the breakdown of organic fertilizers and organic matter. Bacillus rapidly colonize the root’s surface (niche occupation) and stimulate root growth, maintain healthy root system and crowd out invading pathogens.
ALSO CONTAINS NON PLANT FOOD INGREDIENTS :
17% ....................Humic Acid (derived from Leonardite) 10% .....................Kelp Extract (Ascophyllum nodosum) 50% ........................................................MaltoDextrin 1.5% .............Natural Wetting Agent (Yucca schidigera) Bacillus subtilis .............................1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Bacillus licheniformis.........................5 x 105 CFU per gram Bacillus amyloliquefaciens ..............1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Bacillus pumilus ............................1.5 x 106 CFU per gram Pseudomonas putida.........................1 x 105 CFU per gram Pseudomonas fluorescens .................1 x 105 CFU per gram Yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae) ...4.5 x 1010CFU per gram Endomycorrhizal spores total..............71.4 spores per gram Glomus intraradices ........1.76 x 101 spores per gram Glomus mosseae .............1.81 x 101 spores per gram Glomus aggregatum ........1.81 x 101 spores per gram Glomus etunicatum...........1.76 x101 spores per gram Ectomycorrhizal spores ......................4.14 million per gram Pisolithus tinctorius ............2.65 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon villosulus .........4.85 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon amylopogon ..5.29 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon fulvigleba .......4.85 x 105 spores per gram Rhizopogon luteolus ..........4.85 x 105 spores per gram Scleroderma cepa ...............9.7 x 105 spores per gram Scleroderma citrinum ........9.26 x 105 spores per gram * Colony Forming Units
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Mix one packet of Total-Pak in 50 gallons of water. For ground area method, measure below drip line of tree. Use standard soil injection equipment. Pump requirements of between 100 - 200 psi is needed for good coverage. Be sure to calibrate your equipment by using a pre-measured container and time how long it takes to fill the container using the feeding needle.
ROOT INJECTION RATES :
Total-Pak should be injected into the top 4" to 8" inches of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application approximately 2-3 feet from tree trunk. Extend the same distance beyond drip line. Lay out a grid pattern, and spacing should be every 2 1/2 ft. A minimum of 1 quart of tank mix should be applied per hole. Be sure to measure the tree DBH in order to calculate the total amount of mix needed. For difficult, compacted soils it is desirable to add a natural wetting agent such as Hydro-Max. CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
BioNutrients Total-Pak contains the top performing Endo and Ecto Mycorrhizae that are able to propagate in a broad range of soil temperatures including northern climates and in ph soil of 7 and above. It also contains seven prolific Rhizosphere beneficial bacteria, a micronutrient package, biologically active soil condition-
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Caliper DBH
Manufactured in the USA By:
10603 (800) 648-7626
52
www.GrowthProducts.com
X-XTRA IRON 6-0-0
HIGH IRON 9% - LOW NITROGEN 6% • 100% CHELATED • FAST GREEN UP, NO SURGE GROWTH • COMPATIBLE WITH PGR’S
• CORRECTS IRON CHLOROSIS OVERNIGHT • HIGHER IRON SOURCE CHELATE
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Turf Application
Application
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Urea Nitrogen Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9% 9% Chelated Iron Derived From: Technical Grade Low Biuret Urea, Ferrous Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.13 kg Iron Freezing temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32o F Potential acidity 872 lbs. calcium carbonate equivalent per ton.
Rate
Bentgrass Tees & Greens
2 ounces per 1,000 sq. ft. (59 ml / 100 m2)
Fairways
Bluegrass and Other Northern Grasses
X-Xtra Iron Chelate 9% contains more iron than the closest competitive product. X-Xtra Iron provides 100% soluble iron in an immediately available form for both foliar and root applications. X-Xtra Iron is formulated by a unique Iron/Nitrogen complex that converts the iron to a soluble form that stimulates fast green up with no surge growth. X-Xtra Iron contains the three most essential nutrients for photosynthesis: Iron, Nitrogen and Sulfur. X-Xtra Iron is amine compatible and can be used with herbicides and pesticides as well as other Growth Products nutrients. X-Xtra Iron can be used for regular turf maintenance to enhance rich green color and promote strong root systems for high traffic areas and stress conditions. X-Xtra Iron can be used on turf, tree and ornamentals for correction of iron deficiencies and chlorosis.
Apply every 30 days
Grass Height <1.5” 3-4 oz. per 1,000 sq ft
Apply every 14-21 days
Athletic Fields
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:
0.5 - 1 gallon in 100 gallons of water
Foliar Spray: Soil Drench:
MIXING INSTRUCTIONS :
Add approximately half of the water to tank mix, leaving enough room to add other products. Add X-Xtra Iron and agitate tank mix. Do not agitate when adding herbicides. This will cause foaming. Agitate after the herbicide has been added. Add other products in the following order: 1. urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use all of the tank mix within a few hours after mixing. Be sure to agitate before spraying.
Application
(2-4 L in 400 L water) 2 - 5 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (59 - 147 ml per 4 L water)
Nursery Applications
Rate Notes Corrective: 1 quart per Containerized 100 gallons of water Thoroughly spray to Crops, Woody (1 L in 400 L) point of run-off. Ornamentals, Apply every 30-days Foliage Plants, Maintenance: 1.5 pint per or as needed 100 gallons of water Field-Grown Trees (700 ml in 400 L)
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Undiluted X-Xtra Iron should be stored in its original container. Store in cool place with cap tightly closed. Avoid contact with unfinished wood, painted surfaces, masonry or concrete surfaces, as this product may cause staining.
1:100
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio
CAUTION: This is an acidic material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Every 21 days or as needed to maintain color
Apply every 14-21 days or as needed to maintain color Every 30 days or as 2-4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft needed to maintain (59-118 ml / 100 m2) color Every 30 days or as 4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft needed to maintain (118 ml / 100 m2) color Grass Height >1.5” 5-6 oz. per 1,000 sq ft
Overseeding
Every 14 days
4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft (118 ml / 100 m2) 4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft (118 ml / 100 m2)
Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass, Zoysiagrass
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Frequency
10603 (800) 648-7626
53
100 PPM N
10 oz. per gallon of water (300 ml in 4 L Water)
Manufactured By:
www.GrowthProducts.com
IRON MAX AC 6% 15-0-0
With 2% CHELATED MANGANESE
& 3.5% SULFUR
• PROMOTES RAPID GREEN-UP • COMPATIBLE WITH TECHNICAL MATERIALS
• 100% CHELATED IRON & MANGANESE • FOUR ESSENTIAL NUTRIENTS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15% 15% Urea Nitrogen Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Technical Grade Low Biuret Urea, Ferrous Sulfate, Manganese Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.5 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34 kg pH 1-2 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.69 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.08 kg Iron Freezing temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . less than 32o F
Application
Bentgrass Tees & Greens Fairways Bluegrass and Other Northern Grasses
Bahia, Centipedegrass, Tall Fescue, St Augustinegrass, Zoysiagrass
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Iron Max 6% is a chelated iron and manganese chelate that promotes fast green up. Iron Max 6% plus 2% Manganese is important for good green color, (chlorophyll synthesis) and for photosynthesis. Iron Max 6% is 100% chelated. It is a clear solution that will not settle. Iron Max 6% provides the plant with immediately available iron/ manganese along with nitrogen for correction of iron chlorosis. Iron Max 6% is amine compatible and can be used with insecticides, herbicides and fungicides. Iron Max 6% can be used for regular turf maintenance to enhance rich green color and promote strong root systems in high traffic areas and stress conditions. It is ideal for use on turf, trees and ornamentals, for general plant maintenance and correct chlorosis. Iron Max 6% can be applied to warm, cool and transitional grasses throughout the growing season.
Overseeding
Turf Application Rate
3 ounces per 1,000 sq. ft. in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (89 ml / 100 m2) 3-4 ounces per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (177 ml / 100 m2) 6 ounces per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons water (177 ml / 100 m2) Grass Height <1.5” 4-6 oz. per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water Grass Height >1.5” 8-10 oz. per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water 2-6 ounces per 1,000 sq ft in 1/2 - 2 gallons of water (59-177 ml / 100 m2)
Every 14 days Apply every 30 days As needed to maintain color Apply every 14 - 21 days
Apply every 14-21 days or as needed to maintain color Every 30 days or as needed to maintain color
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals
Foliar Spray: Soil Drench:
Application
MIXING :
1 - 1.5 gallons in 100 gallons of water (4-5 L in 400 L water) 4 - 8 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (118 - 236 ml per 4 L water)
Nursery Applications Rate
Notes
Corrective: 2 quarts per 100 Containerized gallons of water Thoroughly spray to Crops, Woody (500 ml in 100 L water) point of run-off. Ornamentals, Apply every 30-days Maintenance: 1 quart per Foliage Plants, or as needed 100 gallons of water Field-Grown Trees (250 ml in 100 L water)
Add water to tank mix leaving enough room to add other products. Add Iron Max and agitate. Add other products in this order: 1. urea and other N-P-K fertilizers, 2. pesticides and fungicides, 3. add herbicides last. Agitate between each addition. Use all of the tank mix a few hours after mixing. Do not leave overnight. Be sure to agitate before spraying. Never add concentrates together.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Iron Max 6% as a concentrate is corrosive and should be stored in its original container. Store in a cool place with the cap tightly closed. Do not apply to any area not specified on label. Avoid contact with unfinished wood products, painted surfaces or concrete as this product may cause staining.
1:100
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
7 oz. per gallon of water (300 ml in 4 L water)
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: This is an acidic material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Frequency
10603 (800) 648-7626
54
www.GrowthProducts.com
CAL MAG MAX 7-0-3
With 4% CALCIUM & 2% MAGNESIUM
• AIDS IN UTILIZATION OF NUTRIENTS • GREATER TRAFFIC TOLERANCE
• CORRECTS CA TO MG RATIO IN TISSUES • DEVELOPS STRONG CELL WALLS
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Turf Application
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7% 7% Nitrate Nitrogen Soluble Potash (K2O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% 4% Chelated Calcium (Ca) Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% 2% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Derived From: Calcium Nitrate, Calcium Glucoheptonate, Magnesium Glucoheptonate, Potassium Nitrate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.14 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.45 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . .0.48 lb Ca and 0.24 lbs Mg Each liter contains . . . . . . . .0.058 kg Ca and 0.029 kg Mg
Application Tees, Greens and All Types of Warm and Cool Season Grasses
Nursery Applications
Application Containerized Crops, Woody & Flowering Ornamentals, Foliage, Field-Grown Nursery Stock And Trees Hand Watering
CALCIUM / MAGNESIUM DEFICIENCIES :
Calcium and Magnesium are very important secondary nutrients and part of the chlorophyll molecule which is necessary for sugar formation. Inadequate amounts of Magnesium will first appear as a general loss of green color at bottoms of older leaves (interveinal chlorosis). Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions. Calcium and Magnesium deficiencies occur mostly in soils with a high pH over 8 and acidic soils with a pH less than 6.5. High levels of calcium and potassium will also reduce Magnesium uptake. Turf Applications: Soil testing is necessary to determine levels. Where Calcium and Magnesium levels are deficient or marginal, apply Cal Mag Max throughout the growing season. This can be added to any fertilizer spray solution.
Rate
Notes
2 tsp to 1 tbs per gal water (10 - 15 ml per 4 L water)
Saturate soil. Apply every 2-4 weeks.
Foliar Spray: 1 Thoroughly spray to quart per 100 gal point of run-off. of water (250 ml in Apply every 2-4 100 L water) weeks.
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:
Foliar Spray: 1:100
24-36 oz in 100 gallons of water (188-280 ml in 100 L water)
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM N
13 oz. per gallon of water (90 ml in 1 L Water)
with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition, mix well before adding next product. Apply all of mixture that day. Do not mix with strong acid materials. Be sure to read all mixing instructions prior to tank mixing solutions.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: May be stored in a normal warehouse area and is not affected by heat or freezing temperatures. Cal Mag Max does not need any special agitation. It has a neutral pH and is not corrosive or abrasive. Dilution: Cal Mag Max can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium, pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Cal Mag Max is NOT compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately. First be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedures should be used after Cal Mag Max has been diluted
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Rate Apply 1-3 oz of Cal Mag Max per 1,000 ft2 with sufficient water for good coverage.
10603 (800) 648-7626
55
www.GrowthProducts.com
ORGANIC IRON 5%
GLUCOHEPTONATE CHELATE With 2% SULFUR • NON-STAINING • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATIONS
• EXCELLENT SOURCE OF SULFUR • IDEAL FOR SOIL WITH PH OVER 7
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Turf Application
Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Chelated Iron (Fe) Derived From: Ferric Sulfate, Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.23 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 lbs Iron Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.067 kg Iron
Application Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) Tees, Greens, All 3 - 4 oz Types of Warm and (90-120 ml) Cool Season Grasses 3 - 4 oz (90-120 ml)
Fairways
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Organic Iron 5% is a new ORGANIC CHELATE made from a Glucoheptonate chelating agent. Organic Iron 5% is formulated for year round application on all varieties of turf grasses. It can be used in early spring for soil injection of trees and ornamentals. Organic Iron 5% is excellent as a foliar spray on all plant materials that are showing iron deficiencies. These are naturally fermented sugar acids that form soluble molecules with mineral elements. Organic Iron 5% is a very stable chelate and is a perfect choice for higher pH soils where minor elements often become unavailable to the plant. In this soil condition, Organic Iron 5% will remain available longer than other types of chelates. Plants can become deficient in iron elements because of pH imbalances. Organic Iron 5% can prevent compound deficiencies in turf and many plant materials. University studies indicate that glucoheptonates are ideal for foliar applications and are more efficient than EDTA chelates in high pH soils.
Soil Injection: Foliar Spray:
Soil Drench:
Apply every 14-21 days
Apply every 30 days
Apply 4 oz. per inch of trunk DBH or as needed according to soil and tissue deficiencies. For soil injection, inject no lower than 8 to 10 inches below ground level with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment. 24 oz in 100 gallons of water (4-5 L in 400 L water)
Corrective: 3 ounces per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (90 ml per 8 L water) Maintenance: 2 oz per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water (60 ml per 8 L water)
Evergreens, Pin Oaks, White Pines, Camellias, Azaleas and Rhododendrons apply foliarly at rate of 1 gallon in 200 gallons of water Mix Organic Iron at a rate of 3 oz in 4 gallons Bedding Plants & of water and spray foliage to run off. Apply as Perennials: needed throughout the growing season. Hand Watering Dilute 2 tsp in 1 gallons of water. Trees & Woody Ornamentals
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Turf Applications: Organic Iron 5% can be applied throughout the growing season on warm, transitional and cool season grasses. Organic Iron 5% is an infinitely miscible solution and is compatible with most technical turf products. When mixing with other products, be sure to check their dilution rates. Always use a jar test before mixing.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Storage: Organic Iron 5% can be stored in normal warehouse areas and are not affected by freezing temperatures. Organic Iron 5% has a pH of 8, is non corrosive and safe to handle. Mixing: High quality buffers allow Organic Iron 5% to be blended with a wide variety of materials WITHOUT detrimental effects. DO NOT mix with highly acidic materials. The following mixing procedures should be used after Organic Iron 5% has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders; 2. flowables; 3. water solubles; 4. surfactants; 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition. Mix well. Apply all of mixture in one day.
TREES & ORNAMENTALS:
Soil Injection: This true chelated iron solution contains 5 units of iron needed for healthy plant growth. It is ideal for soil injection and is excellent as a foliar spray material to quickly correct iron deficiencies. For soil injection, inject no lower than 8 to 10 inches below ground level with correctly calibrated fertilizer injector equipment.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Frequency
10603 (800) 648-7626
56
www.GrowthProducts.com
MICREL TOTAL 5-0-0
With S, MG, B, CU, FE, MN, MO, AND ZN
A TOTAL LIQUID MICRONUTRIENT PACKAGE
• FOR TURF, TREE CARE, NURSERY & GREENHOUSE • FOLIAR SPRAY TO CORRECT CHLOROSIS
• EIGHT CHELATED MICROS • IMPROVES COLOR • FOLIAR & ROOT ABSORBED
`GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Urea Nitrogen Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Water Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% Boron (B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02% Copper (Cu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6% Chelated Iron (Fe) Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Water Chelated Manganese (Mn) Molybdenum (Mo) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0002% Zinc (Zn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5% 0.5% Chelated Zinc (Zn) Derived From: Ferrous Sulfate, Manganese Sulfate, Copper Sulfate, Zinc Sulfate, Magnesium Sulfate, Sodium Borate, Sodium Molybdate, Urea. Chelating Agent: Citric Acid. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Application
Rate
Frequency
Tees, Greens, All Types 3 - 4 oz per 1,000 sq. of Warm and Cool ft. in 3-5 gal of water Season Grasses (90-120 ml / 100m2) 3 - 4 oz. per 1,000 sq ft in 5 gallons of water (90-120 ml / 100m2)
Fairways
Apply every 14-21 days Apply every 30 days
Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals:
1 - 2 qts in 100 gallons of water (250 - 500 ml in 100 L water)
Foliar Spray:
Soil Drench:
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Micrel Total is a true solution containing eight chelated micronutrients used to correct deficiencies (chlorosis) in turf, trees, ornamentals and bedding plants. Micrel Total is completely miscible in water. The unique citrate / nitrogen chelate bond eliminates any flush growth or budding. All nutrients are available either by foliar or root feeding, and can be applied throughout the growing season with no concern of phytotoxicity. Micrel Total aids in resistance to disease, winter desiccation and tolerance to stress. Chlorotic plants will respond within 48 hours with a deeper, healthier green. Bentgrass turf will respond within 24 hours and maintain a residual green for 2 to 3 weeks. Micrel Total can be sprayed along with herbicide applications to reduce yellowing. Micrel Total is compatible with other technical materials.
Corrective: 3 ounces per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water. Thoroughly drench soil under canopy (90 ml per 8 L water)
Maintenance: 2 oz per inch of trunk DBH in 2 gallons of water (60 ml per 8 L water)
Correction of Micronutrients Deficiencies & Maintenance of Micronutrient Levels Plant Type: All types of greenhouse crops, plugs, annuals, hanging baskets, perennials, vegetables
Application Rate:
Foliar Spray: 1 - 2 quarts per 100 gal. of water (250-500 ml per 100 L water)
Containerized Crops, Foliar Spray: 1-2 quarts per 100 Woody & Flowering gal of water. Thoroughly spray to Ornamentals, Foliage, point of run-off. Apply every 2-4 Field-Grown Nursery Stock weeks. (250-500 ml in 100 L And Trees Applications water)
APPLICATION RATES :
Tees & Greens / Fairways & Lawns: Micrel Total is best applied starting in early spring when turf is actively growing. Continue to apply 4 or more applications annually. Sand tees and greens require monthly applications. Late fall application will improve winter hardiness and help prevent winter desiccation. See table for proper rates. Trees & Ornamentals: Proper maintenance of trees and ornamentals in high stress urban areas requires regular application of micronutrients. Nutrient deficient chlorotic foliage can be corrected by foliar spraying; however, soil application should also be part of a regular maintenance program.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Turf Application
** Add color, produce chlorophyl and increase plant quality
Acid-Loving Plants: Chlorosis is a common ailment of acid-loving plants, especially when soil pH is above 7 or below 5. Micrel Total can be used for foliar spray or root application and will supply all essential minor elements in their soluble forms for immediate uptake. Mix 1 - 2 ounces in one gallon for foliar spray or for soil drench. Use one gallon of Micrel Total in 200 gallons of water for foliar feeding of Rhododendron's, Azaleas, Camellias, Evergreens, Pin Oaks and White Pines. Thoroughly drench the leaves.
10603 (800) 648-7626
57
www.GrowthProducts.com
BEDDING PLANTS & PERENNIALS :
Micrel Total can be applied to Impatiens, Chrysanthemums, Geraniums and all plant materials to correct minor deficiencies and produce lush green leaves with no concern of phytotoxicity. Mix 3 oz. in 3-5 gal. of water and thoroughly spray plant.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Micrel Total can be s tored in normal warehouse areas. DO NOT FREEZE. Dilution / Mixing: Dilute tank mix with water prior to adding Micrel Total. Never mix concentrate technical materials together, always dilute first with water. Be sure to read all labels carefully. Always provide sufficient water. Be sure each product is mixed well before adding next product. Do a jar test to assure compatibly.
PPM Chart Micrel Total 5-0-0
Fluid Ounces of Micrel Total per Gallon of Stock Tank Water
PPM Nitrogen 25 50 75 PPM Iron 30 60 90 PPM Mg, Cu, Mn, Zn 3 5 8 1:500 23 46 70 1:300 14 28 42 1:200 9 18 28 1:100 5 9 14 1:50 2 5 7 1:15 Ratio for Hozon Proportioner 1:15
0.70
1.39
2.09
100 120 10 93 56 37 19 9
2.78
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: This is an acidic material. Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
58
www.GrowthProducts.com
CAL-TEC 9%
• FOR TURF, NURSERY & GREENHOUSE • CORRECTS CALCIUM DEFICIENCY
CALCIUM GLUCOHEPTONATE 6-0-0 With 9% CHELATED CALCIUM • HELPS REDUCE SOIL COMPACTION • FOR STRESS TOLERANCE & TURGIDITY
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Soil Conditioning: Calcium is often used to improve the cation exchange capacity of the soil, raise pH of the soil, and help reduce the build up of toxic salts. Check soil analysis for calcium requirements. For sand tees and greens monthly applications are required to improve cation exchange capacity.
Total Nitrogen (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6% 6 % Nitrate Nitrogen Calcium (Ca) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9% 9% Chelated Calcium (Ca) Derived From: Technical Grade Calcium Nitrate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate. Weight per gallon ................................................ 11.3 lbs. Weight per liter...................................................... 1.35 kg Each gallon contains ............................... 1.02 lbs Calcium Each liter contains.................................... 0.12 kg Calcium Freezing temperature ................................................ 32oF pH .............................................................................6.5
Turf Applications
Spray at a rate of 1-5 gallons per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Application Rate Per 1,000 ft2 (100 m2) Frequency Cool Season 3 - 4 oz Apply every 30 days Grasses (90-120 ml) Warm Season 5 oz Apply every 30 days Grasses (150 ml) Newly 3 - 4 oz Every 14 days Established Grass (90-120 ml) 5 oz Apply 4 times per Soil Remediation (150 ml) year
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Cal-Tec Calcium Glucoheptonate 9% is a unique sugar acid chelate that forms a 100% soluble calcium / nitrogen. This provides immediate plant uptake to correct deficiencies through both the leaves and root tissue. Calcium is known to be essential for plant membrane integrity, proper cell division and overall plant vigor and stiffness. It is important in cell wall bonding and promotes enzyme activation for starch conversion. Cal-Tec 9% can be used during hot weather to reduce stress during times of high transpiration. Calcium is also important to improve soil structure, reduce salt build up and soil compaction from road salts and urban stress. Calcium is often used to improve the cation exchange capacity of the soil, raise pH of soil and help reduce the build up of toxic salts.
1:100
5 oz per gal water (148 ml in 4 L water)
Nursery Applications
When determining the application rates of Cal-Tec 9%, it is important to check both tissue and soil sample analysis for calcium levels. Since calcium is the second highest percentage in plant tissue, correct any deficiencies early in the spring and continue to apply throughout the growing season. Cal-Tec 9% provides immediately available calcium along with nitrogen for correction of calcium deficiencies. Hot weather will also aggravate calcium deficiencies. Calcium deficiencies become evident at terminal bud growth, with hooked malformation and finally dying back.
Greenhouse Foliar Spray Recommendation
Application
Rate Frequency / Notes Transplanting: Mix 1-2 Soak plug tray or foliar oz per gallon of water spray after transplanting (8-16 ml per liter water) For All Types Propagation: ½-1 oz Apply at 2nd leaf stage of per gallon water (4-8 ml and then every 10-14 day Greenhouse per liter water) intervals. Crops Maintenance: ½ -2 oz Apply at 10-14 day per gallon water (4-16 intervals to supplement ml per liter water) nutrient requirements.
Calcium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Calcium Rate
16 oz 1/8 lb. Ca 472 ml 0.06 Kg Ca 31 oz 1/4 lb. Ca 914 L 0.12 Kg Ca 42 oz 1/3 lb. Ca 1.25 L 0.15 Kg Ca Apply at desired calcium rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
38 PPM Nitrogen 50 PPM Calcium
Application Rate Notes Containerized Crops, Spray: 1-2 quarts per Woody and Flowering 100 gal of water Ornamentals, Foliage, (250 - 500 ml in 100 L Thoroughly spray Field-Grown Nursery to point of runwater) Stock And Trees off. Apply every 2-4 weeks. Spray: 1 quarts per 100 gal of water Palms (250 ml in 100 L water)
APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS :
Cal-Tec 9%
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio
10603 (800) 648-7626
59
www.GrowthProducts.com
Storage: DO NOT FREEZE. Dilution: Cal-Tec can be diluted by either adding the concentrate to water or the water to concentrate without any detrimental effects on the final mixed product. Appropriate quantities of water should be added prior to adding potassium and phosphates, or pesticides, fungicides and herbicides. Mixing: Cal-Tec is amine compatible and can be used with herbicides, insecticides and fungicides. Cal-Tec 9% must first be diluted with water prior to mixing with other nutrients or pesticides. The following mixing procedures should be used after Cal-Tec 9% has been diluted with water. Add products to mix in this order: 1. wettable powders, 2. flowables, 3. water solubles, 4. surfactants, 5. emulsifiable concentrates. Be sure to agitate during each addition, mix well before adding next product. Apply all of mixture that day. Do not mix with strong acid materials or high phosphate fertilizers.
Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
10603 (800) 648-7626
60
www.GrowthProducts.com
MANGANESE CHELATE 5%
GLUCOHEPTONATE CHELATE With 2% SULFUR
• ASSISTS IN ENZYME FORMATION • FOR TURF AND ORNAMENTALS
• FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATIONS • FOR CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Sulfur (S) Combined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% Manganese (Mn) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% 5% Chelated Manganese (Mn) Derived From: Manganese Sulfate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.42 lb. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.52 lbs Mn Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.062 kg Mn
Foliar Turf Applications
Application Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Frequency All Types of Cool Season and 2 - 4 oz Apply 4 to 6 times Warm Season (127 - 159 ml) during growing Grasses season or as needed to maintain color 4 - 6 oz Bermudagrass (159-177 ml)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Landscape Plantings, Trees, Shrubs & Ornamentals
Manganese Chelate 5% is an organic chelate, which keeps the manganese in soluble form for plant uptake. This chelate is ideal for both soil and foliar uptake, since this chelate is absorbed through foliar spray. Manganese Chelate 5% is made from organic sugars that are easily absorbed intact along with the chelated metal. Mn is available for microbial activity in the soil. The pH of Manganese Chelate 5% is 7.5, making it ideal for mixing with pH acid sensitive products. It is not affected by soil conditions, other nutrients or technical grade materials. Manganese Chelate 5% will remain in a soluble form for plant uptake since it remains as a negative charge ion and is not attracted to negatively charged soil particles. Manganese Chelate 5% is compatible with all Growth Products professional fertilizers and can be combined in all tank mix solutions for spoon feeding. Be sure to read mixing instructions and do a jar test before use. University studies indicate that Glucoheptonates are ideal for foliar applications and are more efficient than EDTA chelates in high pH soils.
1 - 2 quarts in 100 gallons of water
Foliar Spray:
(250 - 500 ml in 100 L) 2 - 3 ounces per gallon of water. Thoroughly drench soil around area (59 - 88 ml per 4 L water)
Soil Drench:
Nursery Programs
Application
Rate
Notes
1- 1.25 tsp per gallon of water (2 ml per liter water)
Saturate soil
Nurseries: 1-2 quarts per 100 Containerized Crops, gallons of water Thoroughly spray to Woody Ornamentals, (60-125 ml in 100 L point of run-off Foliage Plants, Fieldwater) Grown Trees Hand Watering
MANGANESE DEFICIENCIES :
Manganese plays an important role in enzyme formation in plant cells, and carbon dioxide assimilation. Manganese deficiencies will often occur in water bogged soils and low temperatures. Inadequate amounts of manganese in soil will result in interveinal chlorosis first in older leaves. Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions.
Spray 1 qt per 100 gal water (250 ml per 100 L water)
Palms
1:100
TURF APPLICATIONS :
Soil testing is necessary to determine manganese levels. Where manganese levels are deficient or marginal apply manganese throughout the growing season. It may be added to any fertilizer spray solution.
Greenhouse & Nursery Injection Ratio 100 PPM Mn
19 oz per gallon water (150 ml per liter water)
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Mixing: Manganese Chelate 5% is not compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately. Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
Spray on leaves to run-off
10603 (800) 648-7626
61
www.GrowthProducts.com
MAGNESIUM CHELATE 3%
GLUCOHEPTONATE ORGANIC CHELATE
• ASSISTS IN CHLOROPHYLL PRODUCTION • FOR FOLIAR AND ROOT APPLICATION
• FOR TURF AND ORNAMENTALS • NATURAL ORGANIC CHELATING AGENT
GUARANTEED ANALYSIS :
Magnesium (Mg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3% 3% Chelated Magnesium (Mg) Derived From: Magnesium sulfate. Chelating Agent: Glucoheptonate. Weight per gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 lbs. Weight per liter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.12 kg pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.5 Each gallon contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.28 lbs Mg Each liter contains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.033 kg Mg
Foliar Turf Applications
Application
All Types of Cool Season and Warm Season Grasses
Rate / 1,000 FT2 (100 m2)
Frequency
2 - 6 oz (127 - 159 ml)
Apply 3 to 5 times during growing season or as needed to maintain color
Bermudagrass
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
Magnesium Per Liquid Ounce (ml)
Magnesium Chelate 3% is an organic chelate that provides magnesium in a soluble form, making it readily available for both soil and foliar application. Magnesium Chelate 3% is environmentally sound, and is made from organic sugars that are easily absorbed intact along with the chelated metal and utilized in the plant cell. Magnesium Chelate 3% is available for microbial activity in the soil. This type of chelate is especially efficient in high pH soils, or calcareous soils and is recommended over EDTA chelates. Magnesium Chelate 3% is a near neutral pH of 6.5 and is ideal for mixing with pH acid sensitive products. It is not affected by soil conditions, other nutrients or technical grade materials. Magnesium Chelate 3% will remain in a soluble form for plant uptake since it remains a double ++ charge ion and is not attracted to negatively charged soil particles. Magnesium Chelate 3% is compatible with all Growth Products professional fertilizers. Be sure to read all mix instructions prior to tank mix solutions.
Apply at desired magnesium rate per 1,000 FT2 (100 m2) Magnesium Chelate 3% Magnesium Rate 44 oz 1/10 lb. Mg 1.2 L 40g Mg 55 oz 1/8 lb. Mg 1.5 L 50g Mg 1 gal 1/4 lb. Mg 3L 100g Mg
Palm Program
1 quart in 100 gallons Transplant Drench root ball and soil of water Fertilization at time of planting (250 L in 100 L water ) 2 - 3 ounces per gallon Established of water. Thoroughly Applied 2 times per year Palms drench soil around area or as required. Soil Drench (250 ml per 100 L water) Inject 1 ft from trunk and Established 1 quart in 100 gallons out to drip line every 2 Palms of water 3 foot in grid pattern. Soil Injection (250 ml in 100 L water) Inject 1/2 gal per hole at 6 - 8 “ deep. 1 quart per 100 gal of Thoroughly spray to point Foliar Spray water of run-off. Apply every 4 (250 ml 100 L water) weeks or as needed.
MAGNESIUM DEFICIENCIES :
Magnesium is a very important secondary nutrient. It is part of the chlorophyll molecule, and is necessary for sugar formation. Inadequate amounts of magnesium will first appear as a general loss of green color at bottoms of older leaves (interveinal chlorosis). Continued deficiency will also affect younger leaves, followed by formation of lesions. Magnesium deficiencies occur mostly in sandy soils and in extremely high pH soils. High levels of calcium and potassium will also reduce magnesium uptake. Turf Applications: Soil testing is necessary to determine magnesium levels. Where magnesium levels are deficient or marginal, apply Magnesium Chelate 3% throughout the growing season. This can be added to any fertilizer spray solution. Trees, Ornamentals & Palms: Magnesium Chelate 3% can be used as a soil or foliar spray to correct Magnesium deficiencies. Dilute 24-36 oz. in 100 gallons of water. Spray leaf surface until covered.
STORAGE & HANDLING :
Mixing: Magnesium Chelate 3% is NOT compatible with phosphate fertilizers, and must be mixed and applied separately. Manufactured By:
CAUTION: Keep out of reach of children. In case of contact with eyes, flush immediately with copious amounts of water. Contact a physician. Do not take internally.
80 Lafayette Avenue White Plains NY
4 - 8 oz (159-177 ml)
10603 (800) 648-7626
62
www.GrowthProducts.com
ARBOR CARE PROGRAM FOR FERTILITY, SOIL CONDITIONING OR ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS
Use on Deciduous, Evergreens, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamentals. With over 25 years of experience in the horticulture, arbor care, landscape and turf markets, Growth Products provides the most comprehensive source of nutrients, chelated micronutrients and biologicals. This includes beneficial rhizosphere bacterial, endo and ecto mycorrizal fungi, to solve any soil deficiency or disease problem that the commercial arborists may encounter. Our technical support reps and professional distributors have worked with world renowned estate properties and municipalities, maintaining them and solving difficult problems. Product development has focused on products that are chloride free, and have an extremely low salt index. Our dry soluble concentrate organic supplements contain NO inert fillers! Every ingredient serves an important function. We have upgraded our liquid fall feed product with organic enhancers and a natural wetting agent, that effectively improves plant hardiness, resistance to environmental stress, from excessive heat and drought conditions, and restores soil quality. Most importantly, it is our mission to provide effective arbor care programs while being good stewards of our land.
BENEFITS OF GROWTH PRODUCTS LIQUID APPLICATIONS:
• Enhanced nutrient distribution in soil with liquids. • Bio-enhancing ingredients that improve nutrient uptake • Improve the soil’s bio-diversity with beneficial soil bacteria and endo-and etco mycorrhizae • Natural organic and powerful wetting agent • Slow and steady release of nitrogen from our proprietary methylene nitrogen technology • Our liquid products offer ease of handling, with no broken and solidified bags, no agitation required and no clogging or abrasion of parts.
Choose from Ultimate or Comprehensive Maintenance, Stress & Disease Maintenance, or Difficult Soils Based on 2 Gal Tank Mix Per Inch DBH Ultimate Care Spring and Fall
Arbor Care 15-8-4 (Spring) Autumn Care 6-12-12 (Fall) Essential Plus ®
Micrel Total
pH Reducer
BioNutrients Injectable OR BioNutrients (8-0-9)
96 oz. (3 qt)
Recover Rx 3-18-18 with Salicylic Acid OR TKO Phosphite 0-29-26
64 oz. (2 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt)
Essential Plus ®
32 oz. (1 qt)
Micrel Total Hydro-Max
1 -2 pack (8 – 16 dry oz.)
Standard Maintenance Spring and Fall
Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix
Arbor Care (Spring) Autumn Care (Fall)
96 oz. (3 qt)
Micrel Total
64 oz. (2 qt)
Essential Plus®
Stress & Disease Pressure Minimum of two applications per year
Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix
Companion Biological Fungicide ®
Difficult Soils – Compaction, pH Issues, Sub-soil Minimum of two applications per year
Hydro-Max (Natural Wetting Agent) BioNutrients Injectable OR BioNutrients (8-0-9) pH Reducer
64 oz. (2 qt)
63
Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix 96 oz. (3 qt) 32 oz. (1 pt) 64 oz. (2 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt) 32 oz. (1 qt) 64 oz. (2 qt)
Rates per 100 Gal Tank Mix 64 oz. (2 qt) 1 -2 pack (8 – 16 dry oz.) 64 oz. (2 qt)
Arbor Care Program Continued
Naturally Occurring Rhizo-Bacterium
Quarts of Product needed per 100 gallons of Tank Mix Based on a 31 gallon mix /1,000 ft2
• Improves soil bio-mass • Replenishes the soil with rhizobacterium • Protects new feeder roots • Demineralizes bound up nutrients • Strengthens plant to withstand environmental stress Companion® Biological Fungicide Bacillus subtilis GB03 for Prevention of Root Rot Diseases
Nitrogen Rate Per 1000 ft2
¼ lb. N
½ lb. N
¾ lb. N
1 lb. N
Nitro 30 (30-0-0)
1 qt
2 qt
3 qt
4 qt
Nitro 26 (26-0-0)
1 qt
3 qt
4 qt
5 qt
Timing: Year Round Tree Care (Apply 3 times per year: spring, summer and fall)
Ounces per 100 Gallon Tank
Nitro 22 (22-0-0) +S
2 qt
3 qt
4 qt
6 qt
Corrective
64 ounces 1 gallon
Nitro+K (22-0-16)
2 qt
3 qt
5 qt
6 qt
18-6-12
2 qt
4 qt
5 qt
7 qt
Arbor Care (15-8-4)
2 qt
4 qt
6 qt
9 qt
Palm Pro (12-4-12)
3 qt
5 qt
8 qt
11 qt
Autumn Care (6-12-12)
5 qt
11 qt
16 qt
21 qt
Maintenance
Root Stimulator and Soil Conditioner
• Adds organic matter to soils • Improves soil structure • Contains wetting agent for improved water uptake • Use when transplanting • Combats urban stress • Promotes root growth
Essential® Plus 1-0-1 a 100% Natural Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator
Timing: Year Round Tree Care (Apply 3 times per year: spring, summer and fall)
Ounces per 100 Gallon Tank
Corrective
1 gallon
Maintenance
64 ounces
Ultimate Maintenance Start Injection 4 Feet from Trunk
DBH Inches 2 4 6 8 10 12
Dry Soluble - Naturally Occurring Rhizo-Bacterium & EndoEcto Mycorrhizae
BioNutrients Total Pack
1 lb. (16 dry oz.)
BioNutrients 8-0-9
1 lb. (16 dry oz.)
Tree & Shrub Injection Chart
Standard Maintenance Start Injection 4 Feet from Trunk
Injection Gallons Injection Gallons Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance sites based needed for DBH sites based needed for Extended Square Footage Extended Square Footage on 4 feet 1/2 gallon/ Inches on 4 feet 1/2 gallon/ Roots Extended Roots Roots Extended Roots apart injection apart injection 8 ft 11 ft 13 ft 16 ft 17 ft 19 ft
186 ft2 365 ft2 570 ft2 762 ft2 959 ft2 1134 ft2
12 23 36 48 60 71
2 4 6 8 10 12
6 gal 11 gal 18 gal 24 gal 30 gal 35 gal
6 ft 9 ft 11 ft 13 ft 14 ft 16 ft
Use this chart in conjunction with the application of a systemic insecticide at label rates.
125 244 382 507 639 779
ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2 ft2
8 15 24 32 40 49
4 gal 8 gal 12 gal 16 gal 20 gal 24 gal
For Example:
• For a standard maintenance program a tree with a 12” DBH will require 49 injections, of 1/2 gallons each, for a total of 24 gallons solution applied
Application and Calibration Tips: • • • •
Check the flow rate by timing gallons per minute into a bucket Adjust the pressure so that 2 gallons per minute is caught in the bucket At 2 gallons per minute, one injection will deliver 1/2 gallon of solution in 15 seconds Inject on a 45 degree angle, to a depth of 6-8 inches for tree and 2-4 inches for shrubs * DBH - Diameter at Breast Height
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products® are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd.
64
A GUIDE TO THE DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A TREE AND SHRUB FERTILIZATION PROGRAM Whether it is the agronomics or the dynamics of Growth Products liquids, you can provide your customer with results while increasing your bottom line.
Time Savers & Other Helpful Hints
• If part of the root zone is covered (i.e. driveway, house, pool, etc...), place injections closer together in the uncovered area. • Always monitor gallonage being used on each tree in order to avoid using too much or not enough.
• Find the ease of handling and mixing liquid products in any type of equipment • With Growth Products Arbor Care products, you have a choice of varying N-P-K ratios and any minor elements to meet your specific needs • Liquid products diffuse throughout the soil providing uniform coverage • The use of true liquid solutions eliminates costly down time and worn parts • Versatile, effective and safe applications by root injection, foliar and soil drench
• If the ground is excessively compacted, a soil drench containing Essential will help loosen the soil and allow for needle penetration.
• Soil drenches and foliar sprays are also recommended for smaller shrubs and ornamentals planted in mulch, chips or landscape stones.
• In order to avoid damaging shrubs and ornamentals from dragging hoses through and around planted and landscaped areas, liquids can be used as a foliar or soil drench.
A balanced fertilization program is one of the most important cultural practices for improving the health and appearance of landscape, trees and ornamentals. Most insect problems, diseases and physical stress are the symptoms of bigger problems beneath the soil. Many landscape areas have poor soil that is unable to maintain good, healthy growth. Such problems can be attributed pH imbalances, related macro or micronutrient deficiencies, low organic matter, or may be the result of toxins in the soil. The list of potential problems is growing as we learn more about the nutrient requirements of a healthy plant.
• For ornamentals and smaller plants, a rule of thumb is to place holes closer together and apply less fertilizer mixture per hole.
•Foliar applications of micronutrients will rapidly correct discoloration caused by chlorosis. This should be done in conjunction with a pH test and soil injection to permanently correct the problem. • Apply fertilizer to shrubs and flower beds at time of remulching.
• With Growth Products liquid solutions, there are no broken or solidified bags, no settling, no clogging, and no worn out parts from abrasion.
In the forest, and in other natural environments, the recycling of nutrients occurs naturally when leaves and other organic materials decompose. Problems occur, however, on landscapes where this natural cycle is disrupted. Most trees and shrubs on a landscaped property have to compete for nutrients with grasses and other ground covers. Without new organic matter being introduced, the soil is soon depleted. With a balanced fertilizer program, one cannot only improve the health and appearance of these plants, but also reduce the amount of damage caused by pests and physical stress. This will save time and money by reducing pesticide usage. It will also generate savings through a reduction of tree and shrub removal and replacement.
• All of our products are safe because of their low salt index and slow release nitrogen sources, the “smart” nitrogen from Nitro-30 SRN.
2) For deep root injection, pump requirement 100-200 psi for good coverage. 3) ½” – ¾” spray or garden hose.
Getting Started:
4) Fertilizing needles. There are several products available through a variety of distributors.
Fertilizing trees and shrubs is not nearly as involved as it sounds. You may already own most of the equipment needed. The following is a list of this equipment:
With these three items, one operator, fertilizer, and water you can run a very effective and preventative program.
1) Clean sprayer unit, 100 gallons or greater.
65
Injection Pattern
valve should be held open long enough to inject 1/2 gallon of
fertilizer solution at each point. The
goal is to apply 2 - 3 gallons of
fertilizer mix per inch of tree
diameter. The grid pattern should
exceed the dripline (canopy edge) by two holes in every direction.
e
Pa tt er n io n
e)
every 4 feet to a depth of 4”-8”. The
Ed g
Lin
and injection holes should be spaced
py
rip (D
A grid pattern should be laid out,
ct
same distance beyond the drip line.
Can o
In je
4 feet from tree trunk and extend the
Exceed to dripline by two holes in every direction
Start application of fertilizer approximately
2’-4’
4’
NK TRU
Space injection holes 3-4 feet apart
Design the Correct Fertilizer Program:
Calibration Method:
Fertilizer blends you use are extremely crucial when designing a program. Many of the products offered in the market contain high salts, insoluble materials and chlorine. Granular products can cause problems in pumps such as clogging or parts wearing out from abrasion, resulting in considerable downtime. With Growth Products liquid fertilizers, you will not have any of these concerns. Our program is designed by looking at the entire soil picture. It is designed to fine tune the application of N-P-K, micronutrients and natural organics.
Using a pre-measured container, time how long it takes to fill the container using the feeding needle. This will give you a more accurate determination of how long to hold the valve open per hole to reach the desired amount of ½ gal of mix per hole. This depends upon the flow rate valve output and psi. Gallons/ Minute output
Time in Seconds to Hold Injection Wand in Hole
Estimating Gallons Needed:
Flow Rate of 2 GPM 15
Flow Flow Rate of Rate of 3 GPM 4 GPM 10
Timing of Applications:
Our recommendations are based upon applying 2 - 3 gallons of mix per inch DBH (Diameter at Breast Height) Example: a 12 inch tree would require 35 - 49 gallons of diluted fertilizer.
7.5
Flow Rate of 5 GPM 6
A comprehensive tree and shrub fertilization program should include both early spring and early fall application program. It is recommended that a lower nitrogen, higher phosphorus and higher potassium analysis is used for a fall application. A 1:2:2 N-P-K ratio in the fall helps prepare the tree for winter stress and improve root and carbohydrate reserves for the winter. A spring application ratio of 1:1:1 for deciduous and 3:2:1 ratio for evergreens is ideal. Applications can begin in the spring when the soil is thawed to permit fertilization. During heat and drought stress conditions, the late spring – summer application of Essential Plus – a natural organic – can help strengthen the tree without any salt stress.
Fertilizer, the Procedure:
The proper method for sub surface fertilization of trees is by injection of diluted fertilizer approximately 4 - 8 inches below the surface. Fertilization should begin 2 - 3 times the DBH from the base of the tree and extend the same distance outside the drip line of the tree canopy. Each injection should be placed 2 - 3 feet apart in a grid pattern throughout the under story of the tree (see diagram)
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
66
THE CLASSIC PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of greens. Growth Products Classic Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic. For best results follow this entire program.
Products
Rate Per 1,000 ft2
Interval
8 oz.
Comments
10 -14 Days
• • • • •
Low Salts No Chlorides Easy to Mix Spray Less Often No Surge Growth!
10 oz.
10 -14 Days
• • • •
Low Salts No Chlorides Spray Less Often No Surge Growth!
3 oz.
14 -21 Days
• Nine Fully Chelated Micronutrients • Great For Foliar Applications • Immediate Green Up Results
Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator
3 oz.
14 -21 Days
• Biostimulant • Stress Reducer • Amino Acid Based
Hydro-Max
3 oz.
14 - 21 Days
The Classic 18-3-6 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Minors
OR Pro-Balance 15-2-15 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN
WITH Micrel Total or X-Xtra Iron
WITH
• Natural Wetting Agent
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
67
FAIRWAY PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of Fairway. Growth Products Fairway Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic. For best results follow this complete program. Products
Rate Per Acre
Interval
Comments
21-30 Days
• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's
1 Gallon
21-30 Days
• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's
Re-Store Plus (3-0-2) With 10% Humic Acid Plus L-Amino Acids
1 Gallon
30 Days
Iron Max 6% (15-0-0) With 2% Chelated Manganese & 3.5% Sulfur
1-2 Quarts
21-30 Days
• Faster Green Up • Important Iron & Manganese Combination
X-Xtra Iron (6-0-0) With High Iron and Low Nitrogen
1 Quart
21-30 Days
• 6% Nitrogen •10% Chelated Iron
"TKO" Phosphite 0-29-26 100% Phosphite
1 Gallon
30 Days
Nitro-30® (30-0-0) With 85% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen
1 Gallon
OR Nitro+K (22-0-16) With 82% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen Plus Potassium Carbonate
WITH
• Adds Organics • Reduces Compaction • Spray Based
OR
AND
• Improve Plant Health • Research Shows Resistance against Anthracnose & Pythium
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
68
LANDSCAPING AND FLOWER PROGRAM Annual color transplants need to establish roots quickly in order to maintain flower integrity and plant strength throughout the growing period. Annuals are very often planted in the same flowerbeds year after year. The use of Essential Plus (liquid organic soil amendment and biostimulant) and Companion will help to create healthier soil and healthier plants, prevents diseases such as phytophtora, pythium, fusarium, plus more.
• Clean root area, Bacillus feeds on dying/dead roots, eating away areas where disease lives. • Adds organic carbon and improves soil structure. • Provides a valuable food source for soil microbes. • Add simple and complex sugars, which make plants stronger and more resistant to stress. • Increase blooms and plant life. The Addition of Growth Products' Fertilizers: • Will provide continuous feeding with slow release nitrogen. • Will not burn roots, since it has a low salt index. • Is easy because of their liquid formula.
The Addition of Companion Biological and Essential Plus Will: • Increase root mass, since Bacillus microbes produce plant growth regulators (PGRs), which help in cell division of delicate root hairs.
Product Choices The Landscaper’s BioNutrition Bloomtastic 8-32-5
Mixing
Delivery Method
0.5 -1 pound per 100 square feet
Sprinkle over planting area and work into soil before planting.
1.5 ounces per 1000 square feet
Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 1.5 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.75 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution.
The Classic 18-3-6
15 ounces per 1000 square feet
Essential® Plus 1-0-1
1.5 ounces per 1000 square feet.
Companion Biological Fungicide ®
0.75 ounce per 1000 square feet.
Frequency At time of planting
At time of planting and repeat in two weeks.
Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 15 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 7. 5 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution
4 weeks after planting and repeat every 3-4 weeks or as needed.
Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 0.75 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.37 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution.
At planting and starting two weeks after planting apply with each application of liquid fertilizer.
Sprench with sprayer. @ 2 gallon/M sq. ft., use 1.5 ounces of product per gallon of sprench solution. @ 4 gallon/M, use 0.75 ounces per gallon of sprench solution.
At planting and starting two weeks after planting apply with each application of liquid fertilizer.
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
69
LAWN CARE PROGRAM Benefits:
The following program has been developed and used successfully by numerous Growth Products clients from all over the world. The goal of this program is to enhance your existing turf program while at the same time enhancing your turf. This program will provide you with products that have been developed to stimulate and protect your root system, condition your soil, aid in filling in those bare or thin spots and provide the proper nutrients required by the turf.
• • • • • •
SPRING APPLICATION
Stimulate root growth Enhance turf quality Protect new and existing roots Enhance turf color Condition your soil Aid in filling in thin or bare turf areas GREEN COLOR
Product
Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft
Timing
Product
Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft
Timing
20-3-3 Quick Response
20 oz.
Apply in early Spring
Iron Max AC 6% 15-0-0 w/ 2% Manganese
4 oz.
Apply every 4-6 weeks or as needed
Product
Companion® Microbial Inoculant Essential® Plus 1-0-1
YEAR-ROUND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft 4 oz. 4 oz.
Nitro+K 22-0-16 with 82% SRN
10 oz.
BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9
8 - 16 dry oz. per acre
Nitro-30 (30-0-0)
Product
18-3-6 with 50% SRN plus Micronutrients
Timing Monthly throughout growing season
10 oz.
SUPPLEMENTAL FEEDING
2- 3 times per year
Rate per 1,000 Sq Ft
Timing
20 oz.
Apply every 4-6 weeks or as needed
Application Interval:
Apply this combination of products every month throughout the growing season to enhance the overall health and appearance of your turf.
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
70
PALM PROGRAM There are many needs to consider when fertilizing palm trees, since many of the species are not native palms and are therefore, more apt to develop nutrient deficiencies and diseases. In general, native palms are more tolerant to stress. A good fertility program should incorporate a reliable slow release nitrogen source, manganese, magnesium and iron which are common nutritional disorders in palms. In addition, soils are often lacking in organic matter and lack beneficial soil bacteria. In many urban situations, paved areas often make it difficult to apply large volumes of water. In these instances, a low water volume palm program is recommended. All of the products recommended by Growth Products for this type of application have been formulated and tested to ensure low salt indices (i.e. plant materials will not be injured by chemical salts). The following program utilizes five times less water than a standard program. It is imperative to carefully follow all mixing instructions.
Transplant Fertilization:
Foliar Fertilization:
Drench both the root ball and soil where the palm will be planted with a blend of Growth Products Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% slow release nitrogen. Palms do not like heavy muck or clay soils and will very quickly become water logged. If it is not possible to supplement soil mixes of this consistency with a sand/peat mix, be sure to add Essential® Plus along with Companion® Microbial Inoculant at the time of transplant. This will help loosen the clay structure and allow more drainage. For a granular supplement program add 8 oz. Landscapers Companion® or Growers Companion® for two 15 gal. palms. Mix thoroughly into soil before planting.
Foliar fertilization with high quality liquids can be used as a supplemental program for normal soil fertilization. While foliar applications will correct many nutrient deficiencies, soil fertilization will provide longer lasting results. Both Mg and Mn chelate foliar sprays are also effective against deficiencies.
Nutrient disorders:
N- Nitrogen deficiency is common in many areas of the county where non-native species are planted. Palm trees manifest this deficiency with a light green color and decreased vigor. - K - Potassium deficiency is more widespread and most common in Florida palms. Symptoms - which appear as a translucent yellow or orange color in the leaflets -occur first on the oldest leaves and then in newer leaves. If not corrected, new growth will be affected and if left untreated, the palm will die. Potassium deficiencies are common in most palm species found in Florida. - Mg - The signs of a magnesium deficiency first occur in the palm’s oldest leaves and then spreads up through the canopy with a light yellow band along the margin of the oldest leaves, while the center remains green. While Mg deficiencies affect most species of palms, Date Palms are the most susceptible. - Mn - Manganese deficiencies affect most palms. If the deficiency is severe, the palm will take on a “frizzled” look.
Established Palms:
The vast majority of palms planted in the US are non-native species and are planted in sandy soils, which have an extremely low cation capacity and a tendency to leach nutrients quickly. Established palms must be fertilized a minimum of twice per year, and 4 fertilizations per year are ideal. Growth Products’ 12-4-12 contains an ideal ratio of nitrogen to potassium (crucial for healthy palms). And since Palm Pro contains 60% slow release nitrogen, the palms will receive an even, continuous feed of nitrogen.
Soil Injection:
Begin root injection approximately two to four feet away from the trunk and out to the drip line of the tree. Check the flow rate by timing gallons per minute into a bucket. At 2 gallons per minute, it will take 15 seconds to inject ½ gallon per injection hole. Inject to a depth of 6 to 8 inches for trees. Inject at a rate of ½ gal of tank mix per injection site. Check “Palm Program” and “Low Water Palm Program” for dilution rates.
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
71
Palm Program Con’t Application Method
Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% SRN- the smart Nitrogen™ Tank Mix Rate
Drench
1 gal. Palm Pro per 100 gallon water.
Soil Injection
1 gal per 100 gal water
Foliar Spray
1 oz per gal water. For larger sprays, mix 1/2 to 3/4 gal in 100 gal water
Comments
Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm. Apply 2 - 4 times per year.
Inject 1 qt. mix per injection hole under canopy. Start 2 - 4 ft from trunk. Apply 2 - 4 times per year. Spray to run off. Apply as a supplemental program with soil program. Apply as needed.
Companion® - 100% Natural Organic Liquid Soil Microbial Amendment
Application Method
Tank Mix Rate
Drench or Soil Injection
16 oz. Companion per 100 gal water ®
Comments
Can be mixed and applied with Palm Pro. Will help restore beneficial bacteria in poor soils, promote new root growth and protect roots from stress.
For Severe Stress & Chlorosis these Products can be Added to Your Program ESSENTIAL® Plus - 100% Natural Organic Liquid Soil Amendment Drench or Soil Injection
32 oz. per 100 gallon water
Added for stress recovery or soil compaction. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm
MAGNESIUM CHELATE- 3% Liquid Organic Chelate Drench or Soil Injection
32 oz. per 100 gallon water
Foliar Spray
32 oz. per 100 gallon water
Can be applied to correct severe chlorosis. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm
Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. Apply every 2- 4 weeks.
MANGANESE CHELATE 5% - With 2% Sulfur
Drench or Soil Injection
32 oz. per 100 gallon water
Foliar Spray
32 oz. per 100 gallon water
Application Method Soil Injection
Application Method Soil application
Can be applied to correct severe chlorosis. Significantly saturate soil and root area around each palm
Thoroughly spray to point of run-off. Apply every 2- 4 weeks.
Low Water volume Program Palm Pro 12-4-12 with 60% SRN Tank Mix Rate
1/2 gal. Palm Pro per 40 gallon water
Small Palms: 5 gallons mix per palm. This program allows you to do a greater number of trees with less water.
Supplemental Granular Program Landscaper’s BioNutrition Rate
4 oz per 15 gal palm (see label for additional rates)
Comments
Comments
Use as a supplement to a regular fertilizer program. Apply at time of transplant. Mix thoroughly into soil prior to transplant.
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
72
SALT REDUCTION PROGRAM Application Rate:
This program has been designed to correct high salts that are found in many soils referred to as salination. Storm damage, ice melt winter applications, over application of high salt fertilizers or pesticides and to mitigate the effects of herbicide damage. Irrigation water especially effluent (reclaimed) water can be a constant source of salts or from salt laden water table. Keep in mind that salts will build up in the soil over time unless neutralized or leached out and often become visible on the surface of the soil. Excessive salts will cause degradation of the soil and the vegetation. This program will help manage salt accumulation. Be sure to use low salt fertilizers for maximum growth and recovery such Growth Products turf and tree care program. Application Timing
Product Choices
Essential Plus 1-0-1 All Types of Turf Grass, including Cool, Warm Season, and Transitional
BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9
Essential Plus 1-0-1
Ornamentals, Perennials and other Bedding Plants
Comments
Storm Damage: Application to follow immediately after storm. Based on severity reapply in 2 weeks. 64 oz per 100 gallons water Can be applied in cold or winter months. Fertilizer / Pesticide Damage: Apply immediately after misapplication. 4 oz per 1,000 square feet
Cal-Tec 9%
Trees (Deciduous and Evergreen)
Rates
BioNutrients Total-Pak Injectable
Manage Accumulation: Apply every 2 - 4 weeks throughout the growing season depending on the salt levels and sources to reduce salt acclimation.
packet label instructions. Follow packet label 2 - 8 oz packets per 100 gal Follow instructions. To restore beneficial soil bacteria and water mycorrhiza. 5 oz per 1,000 square feet
General Maintenance: Apply 4 times per year and flush with water to minimize salt build up.
Foliar Corrective: To minimize damage from salt spray to foliage on both deciduous and evergreens 3 - 4 oz. per gallon water spray as soon after storm as possible. Spray to run off. Repeat in 2 weeks. Root Injection: Corrective application immediately after storm. Can be applied in cool and cold 64 oz per 100 gallons water weather. Apply 1/2 gal of solution per inch of DBH (For additional information see â&#x20AC;&#x153;Guide to Tree Fertilizationâ&#x20AC;?). 2 - 8 oz packets per 100 gallons water
Root Injection: Follow packet label instructions. To restore beneficial soil bacteria and mycorrhiza.
General Maintenance Root Injection: After neutralization to avoid additional salt build up when Palm Pro 1 gal per 100 gallons water fertilizing or in high salt areas. Apply 2 - 4 times per 12-4-12 year. (For additional information see Palm Pro spec sheet). Soil Drench: Apply around all plant materials under Refer to above rates and for canopy. If mulched be sure that products are Refer to above products more detail product catalog. applied with enough water to penetrate into root zones. Reapply monthly. 73
SOD PROGRAM How can you put more money in your pocket? By using Growth Products Fast Start Sod Production Program! With a set amount of acres, Sod Farm Managers need to speed up the harvest schedule. By using the Fast Start Program the crop can be harvested quicker. Here is an example: It usually takes about a year to harvest a cutting of Flortam sod, by using Growth Products you can accelerate the harvest to 7-8 months. Over a 3 year period you can harvest one full extra cutting! Begin program at time of seeding, plugging, or to ribbons just after cutting. • Meets BMP Requirements • Speeds Up Production Process • Cost Effective
OR
OR
WITH
OR WITH
OR
• Avoid Bridging • Stimulate Tillering • Improve Color
Products
Rate Per Acre
Nitro-30® (30-0-0) With 85% Methylene Urea Slow Release Nitrogen
1 Gallon
21-30 Days
• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's
Nitro-22 (22-0-0) With 40% Smart Nitrogen™ & 4% Sulfur
3-6 Gallons
21-30 Days
• Economical Nitrogen Source • Corrects Soil Alkalinity • Benefits of SRN - The Smart Nitrogen™
Nitro+K (22-0-16) With 82% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Potassium Carbonate
1 Gallon
21-30 Days
• Foliar and Soil Feed • Spreader - Sticker Properties • Mix and Spray with PGR's
Re-Store Plus (3-0-2) With 10% Humic Acid Plus L-Amino Acids
1 Gallon
30 Days
BioNutrients Soluble 8-0-9
8- 16 dry oz.
2 - 3 times per year
1-2 Quarts
21-30 Days
• Faster Green Up • Important Iron & Manganese Combination
1-2 Quarts / Acre
21-30 Days
• Improve Chlorophyl/Photosynthesis • Organic Enhancers for Fast Nutrient Uptake
1 Gallon
30 Days
Iron Max 6% (15-0-0) With 2% Chelated Manganese & 3.5% Sulfur MicroTech CT (4-0-0) "TKO" Phosphite 0-29-26 100% Phosphite
Interval
Comments
• Adds Organics • Reduces Compaction • Spray Based • Adds Benefical Rhizosphere Bacteria • Revitalizes Soil
• Improve Plant Health • Research Shows Resistance Against Anthracnose & Pythium
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
74
SPORTS TURF PROGRAM
Railey Field Sacramento, California
APPLICATION RATE:
For Sports Turf Managers. Use On Race Tracks, Sports Fields & Parks. Growth Products comprehensive Liquid Sports Turf Program is designed to fine tune the application of liquid fertilizers, thereby matching actual turf needs with labor saving spray technology. Pinpoint accuracy can be achieved by SPRAY FEEDING liquid nutrients from early spring through late fall. All liquid fertilizers are compatible with spring fungicide and summer herbicide/insecticide programs. This program may be used on all cool transitional and warm season grass species.
BENEFITS OF SPRAY FEEDING:
• Gives you the opportunity to combine Growth Products liquid fertilizer with a spring fungicide or summer herbicide/insecticide program to assure pinpoint accuracy. • Reduces labor costs by eliminating time consuming granular applications. • Provides immediately available nutrients for foliar and root uptake before a sports event. • Eliminates phytotoxicity and tracking problems associated with granular products. • X-Xtra Iron along with herbicide and PGR applications reduces yellowing. • Essential® Plus will reduce compaction. • Essential® Plus will improve both soil characteristics and the efficiency of fertilizer programs. • A high potassium product in the late summer/fall will improve winter stress. • Our liquid fertilizers are completely safe to the applicator, the public, and the environment. TURF MAINTENANCE
Pro-Balance 15-2-15 With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen
Nitro-30® SRN With 85% Slow Release Nitrogen
Timing Spring Late Fall
Recommended Fluid Oz. Per Gallons Per Acre Nitrogen 1,000 Sq Ft. 1/4 - 1/2 lb.
10 - 21 oz.
3.4 - 7 gallons
1/4 - 1/2 lb.
10 - 21 oz.
3.4 - 7 gallons
Timing
Recommended Nitrogen
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Spring
1/4 - 1/2 lb.
19 - 38 oz.
Summer
1/4 - 1/2 lb.
19-38 oz.
Early Fall
1/4 - 1/2 lb.
19-38 oz.
Gallons Per Acre
6.33 - 12.66 gallons 6.33 - 12.66 gallons 6.33 - 12.66 gallons
Root Stimulator & Soil Conditioner Essential® Plus 1-0-1 - Soil Amendment & Root Stimulant
Timing
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
Apply 4 times per growing season
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
New Seeding
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
75
Sports Turf Program Con’t
For Newly Seeded Areas
Biological Fungicide & Soil Restoration / Amendment
8-32-5 With 50% Slow Release Nitrogen
Companion® Biological Fungicide alternating with BioNutrients
Recommended Fluid Oz. Per Phosphorous 1,000 Sq Ft.
Timing Prior To Seeding
2 Weeks After Germination
Gallons Per Acre
1/2 lb.
19 oz.
6.5 gallon
3/4 lb.
30 oz.
10.3 gallon
Timing
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
Apply Monthly
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
Apply 2 - 3 times per year
8 - 16 dry oz. per acre
Minors X-Xtra Iron 10% with 4% Sulfur
• Tank mix with herbicides to avoid yellowing • Faster Green Up
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
Magnesium Chelate 3%
Cal Tec 9% 6-0-0 Calcium Glucoheptonate
Manganese Chelate 5% with 2% Sulfur
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
Fluid Oz. Per 1,000 Sq Ft.
Gallons Per Acre
4 oz.
1.36 gallon
3-6 oz.
1 - 2 gallon
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
76
SUMMER STRESS PROGRAM The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of greens and tees. Growth Products Summer Stress Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products and only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. This alone will reduce the devastating effect of salt build up in your soils and lessen the effects of heat, drought and traffic. For best results follow this complete program below. Rate Per 1,000 ft2
Interval
Pro-Formance Ultra Foliar 18-3-6 with Organic Enhancers
6 oz
7 Days
The Classic 18-3-6 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN Plus Minors
10 oz
10 -14 Days
• Low Salts, No Chlorides • Spray Less Often • No Surge Growth!
Pro-Balance 15-2-15 With 50% Methylene Urea SRN
10 oz
10 -14 Days
• Low Salts, No Chlorides • Spray Less Often • No Surge Growth!
Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator
3 oz
14 - 21 Days
• Biostimulant and Stress Reducer
Hydro-Max All Natural Wetting Agent plus Humic Acid
3 oz
14 - 21 Days
• Natural Wetting Agent
"TKO" Phosphite 0-29-26 100% Phosphite
3 oz
14 - 21 Days
Cal-Tec 9% Calcium Glucoheptonate or Cal Mag Max
3 oz
14-21 Days
Companion® Biological Fungicide Liquid Microbial Inoculant
4 oz
28 Days
Green Speed Si 0-2-5 7% Potassium Silicate With Phosphite
3 oz
14 - 21 Days
Products
OR
OR
WITH
Add A Micronutrient
Optional Enhancers
Comments
• A Premium Foliar Product with Organic Enhancers for Fast Results • Super Absorption • Advance Foliar Up Take
• Improve Plant Health • Improves Resistance from Diseases such as Anthracnose and Pythium • Increase Cell Wall Strength • Withstands High Traffic • Stress Tolerance and Turgidity • Beneficial Rhizo-Bacterium GB03 • Stimulate Root Growth • Improve Nutrient Uptake • Anti-Stress Formula • Provides Turgidity • Humic Acid Benefits
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
77
TOURNAMENT PREP PROGRAM Improve Quality of Play and Faster Ball Roll
The correct combination of nutrients from only the highest quality products produces outstanding agronomic results for maintenance of greens. Growth Products Tournament Prep Program includes products that do not contain any chlorides, hydroxides, or high sulfur products with only the lowest salt index raw materials on the market. For best results follow this complete program.
• Tournament preparation to increase green speed • Increase root mass • Increase root depth • Improve the overall health & vigor of your turf Products
Rate Per 1,000 ft2
Interval
Pro-Formance Ultra Foliar 18-3-6 with Organic Enhancers
6 oz.
Apply 7 days prior to tournament play
Green Speed Si 0-2-5 7% Potassium Silicate Plus Phosphite
4 oz.
One application 7 days prior to tournament Optional: Apply again 3 days before tournament
Essential® Plus 1-0-1 100% Natural Organic Soil Amendment & Root Stimulator
3 oz.
Apply 7 days prior to tournament play
• Biostimulant • Stress Reducer • Amino Acid Based
Hydro-Max All Natural Wetting Agent Plus Humic Acid
3 oz.
Apply 3 days prior to tournament play
• Natural Wetting Agent
3 oz.
One application 7 days prior to tournament and again 3 days before tournament
3 oz.
Apply 7 days prior to tournament play
Cal-Tec 9% Calcium Glucoheptonate
Optional: Micrel Total With 8 Chelated Micronutrients
Comments • Fast Results • Advanced Foliar Uptake • Superior Absorption • Anti-Stress Formula • Provides Turgidity • Humic Acid Benefits
• Increase Cell Wall Strength • Withstands High Traffic • Stress Tolerance & Turgidity
• 8 Chelated Micros
Toll Free: (800) 648-7626 • E-mail: questions@growthproducts.com • www.growthproducts.com • Fax: (914) 428-2780. All contents © copyright 2015 Growth Products, Ltd. All rights reserved. Companion®, Essential®, Nitro-30, & Growth Products are Registered Trade Marks of Growth Products, Ltd
78
Table of Weights & Measurements
For The Application of Liquid Fertilizers And Micronutrients LIQUID MEASURE 3 teaspoons= 2 tablespoons= 128 fluid ounces= 32 fluid ounces= 16 fluid ounces= 2 pints= 4 quarts=
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
UNITS OF AREA CONVERSION
Acres 1 acre= 2.471 acres= 10 acres= 24.71 acres= .381 sq. mile or 247 acres= 1 square mile=
tablespoon ounce gallon quart pint quart gallon
LIQUID METRIC CONVERSIONS Gallons /Ounces
2.642 gallons= 1 gallon= 1.0567 quarts= 1 qt or 32 fl. oz.= 1 pint or 16 fl. oz.= 1 fluid ounce=
HOW TO MEASURE LAND AREA
Square or Rectangle 50’ Area Of A Square Or Rectangle Formula: Length x Width Example: 50’ x 100’= 100’ 5000 sq ft.
Metric
10 liters 3.7852 liters 1 liter 0.9463 liter 0.4732 liter 0.0295 liter
Area Of A Square Or Triangle Formula: 0.5 Base x Height Example: 0.5 x 50’= 25 x 100= 2500 sq. ft.
LINEAR MEASURE 12 inches= 3 feet= 5,280 feet=
1 foot 1 yard 1 mile
Area Of A Circle Formula: R2 = 3.14 Example: 3.14 x 50’= 157 x 50’= 7850 sq. feet
AREA MEASURE
144 square inches= 9 square feet= 1 square yard= 43,560 sq. feet= 640 acre=
1 square foot 1 square yard 1,296 square inches 1 square acre 1 square mile
By applying the above principles odd shapes can be measured Formula: Example:
LINEAR METRIC CONVERSATIONS
Feet/Inches 0.3937 inch= 1 inch= 1 foot or 12 inches= 1 yard or 3 feet= 3.281 feet= 328 feet= 0.621 mile= 1 mile or 5,280 feet
Metric .4047 hect 1 hectare 4.047 hectare 10 hectare 100 hectares or 1 square kilometer 259 hectares
Metric 1 centimeter 2.54cm 30.48 cm 91.44 cm 100 cm or 1 meter 100 meters 100 meters or 1 km 1,6093 kilometers
Formula: Example:
79
Nutrients Per Gallon Of Product Weight per gallon x % nutrient The Classic 18-3-6 10.58 lbs. per gallon x 18% nitrogen= 1.9 pounds nitrogen per gallon
Nutrients Per Ounce of Product Pounds nutrient per gallon ÷ 128= The Classic 18-3-6 1.9 lbs. nitrogen per gallon ÷ 128 oz= 0.0148 lbs. nitrogen per ounce Ounces Product Needed to equal lbs 1/4 lb. N .25 ÷ 0.0148= 5.9 oz 1/3 lb. N .33 ÷ 0.0148= 7.89 oz 1/2 lb. N .5 ÷ 0.0148 = 11.96 oz